Coexist with quilt: rename PATCHES --> PATCHES.txt
[openocd.git] / doc / openocd.texi
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @c %**start of header
3 @setfilename openocd.info
4 @settitle OpenOCD User's Guide
5 @dircategory Development
6 @direntry
7 * OpenOCD: (openocd). OpenOCD User's Guide
8 @end direntry
9 @paragraphindent 0
10 @c %**end of header
11
12 @include version.texi
13
14 @copying
15
16 This User's Guide documents
17 release @value{VERSION},
18 dated @value{UPDATED},
19 of the Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD).
20
21 @itemize @bullet
22 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 The OpenOCD Project
23 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2007-2008 Spencer Oliver @email{spen@@spen-soft.co.uk}
24 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 Oyvind Harboe @email{oyvind.harboe@@zylin.com}
25 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 Duane Ellis @email{openocd@@duaneellis.com}
26 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2009 David Brownell
27 @end itemize
28
29 @quotation
30 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
31 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or
32 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
33 Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
34 Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
35 Free Documentation License''.
36 @end quotation
37 @end copying
38
39 @titlepage
40 @titlefont{@emph{Open On-Chip Debugger:}}
41 @sp 1
42 @title OpenOCD User's Guide
43 @subtitle for release @value{VERSION}
44 @subtitle @value{UPDATED}
45
46 @page
47 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
48 @insertcopying
49 @end titlepage
50
51 @summarycontents
52 @contents
53
54 @ifnottex
55 @node Top
56 @top OpenOCD User's Guide
57
58 @insertcopying
59 @end ifnottex
60
61 @menu
62 * About:: About OpenOCD
63 * Developers:: OpenOCD Developers
64 * JTAG Hardware Dongles:: JTAG Hardware Dongles
65 * About JIM-Tcl:: About JIM-Tcl
66 * Running:: Running OpenOCD
67 * OpenOCD Project Setup:: OpenOCD Project Setup
68 * Config File Guidelines:: Config File Guidelines
69 * Daemon Configuration:: Daemon Configuration
70 * Interface - Dongle Configuration:: Interface - Dongle Configuration
71 * Reset Configuration:: Reset Configuration
72 * TAP Declaration:: TAP Declaration
73 * CPU Configuration:: CPU Configuration
74 * Flash Commands:: Flash Commands
75 * NAND Flash Commands:: NAND Flash Commands
76 * PLD/FPGA Commands:: PLD/FPGA Commands
77 * General Commands:: General Commands
78 * Architecture and Core Commands:: Architecture and Core Commands
79 * JTAG Commands:: JTAG Commands
80 * Boundary Scan Commands:: Boundary Scan Commands
81 * TFTP:: TFTP
82 * GDB and OpenOCD:: Using GDB and OpenOCD
83 * Tcl Scripting API:: Tcl Scripting API
84 * FAQ:: Frequently Asked Questions
85 * Tcl Crash Course:: Tcl Crash Course
86 * License:: GNU Free Documentation License
87
88 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
89 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
90 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
91 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
92 * OpenOCD Concept Index:: Concept Index
93 * Command and Driver Index:: Command and Driver Index
94 @end menu
95
96 @node About
97 @unnumbered About
98 @cindex about
99
100 OpenOCD was created by Dominic Rath as part of a diploma thesis written at the
101 University of Applied Sciences Augsburg (@uref{http://www.fh-augsburg.de}).
102 Since that time, the project has grown into an active open-source project,
103 supported by a diverse community of software and hardware developers from
104 around the world.
105
106 @section What is OpenOCD?
107 @cindex TAP
108 @cindex JTAG
109
110 The Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD) aims to provide debugging,
111 in-system programming and boundary-scan testing for embedded target
112 devices.
113
114 @b{JTAG:} OpenOCD uses a ``hardware interface dongle'' to communicate
115 with the JTAG (IEEE 1149.1) compliant TAPs on your target board.
116 A @dfn{TAP} is a ``Test Access Port'', a module which processes
117 special instructions and data. TAPs are daisy-chained within and
118 between chips and boards.
119
120 @b{Dongles:} OpenOCD currently supports many types of hardware dongles: USB
121 based, parallel port based, and other standalone boxes that run
122 OpenOCD internally. @xref{JTAG Hardware Dongles}.
123
124 @b{GDB Debug:} It allows ARM7 (ARM7TDMI and ARM720t), ARM9 (ARM920T,
125 ARM922T, ARM926EJ--S, ARM966E--S), XScale (PXA25x, IXP42x) and
126 Cortex-M3 (Stellaris LM3 and ST STM32) based cores to be
127 debugged via the GDB protocol.
128
129 @b{Flash Programing:} Flash writing is supported for external CFI
130 compatible NOR flashes (Intel and AMD/Spansion command set) and several
131 internal flashes (LPC1700, LPC2000, AT91SAM7, AT91SAM3U, STR7x, STR9x, LM3, and
132 STM32x). Preliminary support for various NAND flash controllers
133 (LPC3180, Orion, S3C24xx, more) controller is included.
134
135 @section OpenOCD Web Site
136
137 The OpenOCD web site provides the latest public news from the community:
138
139 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/web/}
140
141 @section Latest User's Guide:
142
143 The user's guide you are now reading may not be the latest one
144 available. A version for more recent code may be available.
145 Its HTML form is published irregularly at:
146
147 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/html/index.html}
148
149 PDF form is likewise published at:
150
151 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/pdf/openocd.pdf}
152
153 @section OpenOCD User's Forum
154
155 There is an OpenOCD forum (phpBB) hosted by SparkFun,
156 which might be helpful to you. Note that if you want
157 anything to come to the attention of developers, you
158 should post it to the OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
159 instead of this forum.
160
161 @uref{http://forum.sparkfun.com/viewforum.php?f=18}
162
163
164 @node Developers
165 @chapter OpenOCD Developer Resources
166 @cindex developers
167
168 If you are interested in improving the state of OpenOCD's debugging and
169 testing support, new contributions will be welcome. Motivated developers
170 can produce new target, flash or interface drivers, improve the
171 documentation, as well as more conventional bug fixes and enhancements.
172
173 The resources in this chapter are available for developers wishing to explore
174 or expand the OpenOCD source code.
175
176 @section OpenOCD GIT Repository
177
178 During the 0.3.x release cycle, OpenOCD switched from Subversion to
179 a GIT repository hosted at SourceForge. The repository URL is:
180
181 @uref{git://openocd.git.sourceforge.net/gitroot/openocd/openocd}
182
183 You may prefer to use a mirror and the HTTP protocol:
184
185 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/r/openocd.git}
186
187 With standard GIT tools, use @command{git clone} to initialize
188 a local repository, and @command{git pull} to update it.
189 There are also gitweb pages letting you browse the repository
190 with a web browser, or download arbitrary snapshots without
191 needing a GIT client:
192
193 @uref{http://openocd.git.sourceforge.net/git/gitweb.cgi?p=openocd/openocd}
194
195 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/w/openocd.git}
196
197 The @file{README} file contains the instructions for building the project
198 from the repository or a snapshot.
199
200 Developers that want to contribute patches to the OpenOCD system are
201 @b{strongly} encouraged to work against mainline.
202 Patches created against older versions may require additional
203 work from their submitter in order to be updated for newer releases.
204
205 @section Doxygen Developer Manual
206
207 During the 0.2.x release cycle, the OpenOCD project began
208 providing a Doxygen reference manual. This document contains more
209 technical information about the software internals, development
210 processes, and similar documentation:
211
212 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/doxygen/index.html}
213
214 This document is a work-in-progress, but contributions would be welcome
215 to fill in the gaps. All of the source files are provided in-tree,
216 listed in the Doxyfile configuration in the top of the source tree.
217
218 @section OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
219
220 The OpenOCD Developer Mailing List provides the primary means of
221 communication between developers:
222
223 @uref{https://lists.berlios.de/mailman/listinfo/openocd-development}
224
225 Discuss and submit patches to this list.
226 The @file{PATCHES.txt} file contains basic information about how
227 to prepare patches.
228
229
230 @node JTAG Hardware Dongles
231 @chapter JTAG Hardware Dongles
232 @cindex dongles
233 @cindex FTDI
234 @cindex wiggler
235 @cindex zy1000
236 @cindex printer port
237 @cindex USB Adapter
238 @cindex RTCK
239
240 Defined: @b{dongle}: A small device that plugins into a computer and serves as
241 an adapter .... [snip]
242
243 In the OpenOCD case, this generally refers to @b{a small adapater} one
244 attaches to your computer via USB or the Parallel Printer Port. The
245 execption being the Zylin ZY1000 which is a small box you attach via
246 an ethernet cable. The Zylin ZY1000 has the advantage that it does not
247 require any drivers to be installed on the developer PC. It also has
248 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
249 and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
250
251
252 @section Choosing a Dongle
253
254 There are several things you should keep in mind when choosing a dongle.
255
256 @enumerate
257 @item @b{Voltage} What voltage is your target - 1.8, 2.8, 3.3, or 5V?
258 Does your dongle support it? You might need a level converter.
259 @item @b{Pinout} What pinout does your target board use?
260 Does your dongle support it? You may be able to use jumper
261 wires, or an "octopus" connector, to convert pinouts.
262 @item @b{Connection} Does your computer have the USB, printer, or
263 Ethernet port needed?
264 @item @b{RTCK} Do you require RTCK? Also known as ``adaptive clocking''
265 @end enumerate
266
267 @section Stand alone Systems
268
269 @b{ZY1000} See: @url{http://www.zylin.com/zy1000.html} Technically, not a
270 dongle, but a standalone box. The ZY1000 has the advantage that it does
271 not require any drivers installed on the developer PC. It also has
272 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
273 and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
274
275 @section USB FT2232 Based
276
277 There are many USB JTAG dongles on the market, many of them are based
278 on a chip from ``Future Technology Devices International'' (FTDI)
279 known as the FTDI FT2232; this is a USB full speed (12 Mbps) chip.
280 See: @url{http://www.ftdichip.com} for more information.
281 In summer 2009, USB high speed (480 Mbps) versions of these FTDI
282 chips are starting to become available in JTAG adapters.
283
284 @itemize @bullet
285 @item @b{usbjtag}
286 @* Link @url{http://www.hs-augsburg.de/~hhoegl/proj/usbjtag/usbjtag.html}
287 @item @b{jtagkey}
288 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey.shtml}
289 @item @b{jtagkey2}
290 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey2.shtml}
291 @item @b{oocdlink}
292 @* See: @url{http://www.oocdlink.com} By Joern Kaipf
293 @item @b{signalyzer}
294 @* See: @url{http://www.signalyzer.com}
295 @item @b{Stellaris Eval Boards}
296 @* See: @url{http://www.luminarymicro.com} - The Stellaris eval boards
297 bundle FT2232-based JTAG and SWD support, which can be used to debug
298 the Stellaris chips. Using separate JTAG adapters is optional.
299 These boards can also be used as JTAG adapters to other target boards,
300 disabling the Stellaris chip.
301 @item @b{Luminary ICDI}
302 @* See: @url{http://www.luminarymicro.com} - Luminary In-Circuit Debug
303 Interface (ICDI) Boards are included in Stellaris LM3S9B90 and LM3S9B92
304 Evaluation Kits. Like the non-detachable FT2232 support on the other
305 Stellaris eval boards, they can be used to debug other target boards.
306 @item @b{olimex-jtag}
307 @* See: @url{http://www.olimex.com}
308 @item @b{flyswatter}
309 @* See: @url{http://www.tincantools.com}
310 @item @b{turtelizer2}
311 @* See:
312 @uref{http://www.ethernut.de/en/hardware/turtelizer/index.html, Turtelizer 2}, or
313 @url{http://www.ethernut.de}
314 @item @b{comstick}
315 @* Link: @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=383}
316 @item @b{stm32stick}
317 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/stm32-stick}
318 @item @b{axm0432_jtag}
319 @* Axiom AXM-0432 Link @url{http://www.axman.com}
320 @item @b{cortino}
321 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=cortino}
322 @end itemize
323
324 @section USB-JTAG / Altera USB-Blaster compatibles
325
326 These devices also show up as FTDI devices, but are not
327 protocol-compatible with the FT2232 devices. They are, however,
328 protocol-compatible among themselves. USB-JTAG devices typically consist
329 of a FT245 followed by a CPLD that understands a particular protocol,
330 or emulate this protocol using some other hardware.
331
332 They may appear under different USB VID/PID depending on the particular
333 product. The driver can be configured to search for any VID/PID pair
334 (see the section on driver commands).
335
336 @itemize
337 @item @b{USB-JTAG} Kolja Waschk's USB Blaster-compatible adapter
338 @* Link: @url{http://www.ixo.de/info/usb_jtag/}
339 @item @b{Altera USB-Blaster}
340 @* Link: @url{http://www.altera.com/literature/ug/ug_usb_blstr.pdf}
341 @end itemize
342
343 @section USB JLINK based
344 There are several OEM versions of the Segger @b{JLINK} adapter. It is
345 an example of a micro controller based JTAG adapter, it uses an
346 AT91SAM764 internally.
347
348 @itemize @bullet
349 @item @b{ATMEL SAMICE} Only works with ATMEL chips!
350 @* Link: @url{http://www.atmel.com/dyn/products/tools_card.asp?tool_id=3892}
351 @item @b{SEGGER JLINK}
352 @* Link: @url{http://www.segger.com/jlink.html}
353 @item @b{IAR J-Link}
354 @* Link: @url{http://www.iar.com/website1/1.0.1.0/369/1/index.php}
355 @end itemize
356
357 @section USB RLINK based
358 Raisonance has an adapter called @b{RLink}. It exists in a stripped-down form on the STM32 Primer, permanently attached to the JTAG lines. It also exists on the STM32 Primer2, but that is wired for SWD and not JTAG, thus not supported.
359
360 @itemize @bullet
361 @item @b{Raisonance RLink}
362 @* Link: @url{http://www.raisonance.com/products/RLink.php}
363 @item @b{STM32 Primer}
364 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer.php}
365 @item @b{STM32 Primer2}
366 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer2.php}
367 @end itemize
368
369 @section USB Other
370 @itemize @bullet
371 @item @b{USBprog}
372 @* Link: @url{http://www.embedded-projects.net/usbprog} - which uses an Atmel MEGA32 and a UBN9604
373
374 @item @b{USB - Presto}
375 @* Link: @url{http://tools.asix.net/prg_presto.htm}
376
377 @item @b{Versaloon-Link}
378 @* Link: @url{http://www.simonqian.com/en/Versaloon}
379
380 @item @b{ARM-JTAG-EW}
381 @* Link: @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag-ew.html}
382 @end itemize
383
384 @section IBM PC Parallel Printer Port Based
385
386 The two well known ``JTAG Parallel Ports'' cables are the Xilnx DLC5
387 and the MacGraigor Wiggler. There are many clones and variations of
388 these on the market.
389
390 Note that parallel ports are becoming much less common, so if you
391 have the choice you should probably avoid these adapters in favor
392 of USB-based ones.
393
394 @itemize @bullet
395
396 @item @b{Wiggler} - There are many clones of this.
397 @* Link: @url{http://www.macraigor.com/wiggler.htm}
398
399 @item @b{DLC5} - From XILINX - There are many clones of this
400 @* Link: Search the web for: ``XILINX DLC5'' - it is no longer
401 produced, PDF schematics are easily found and it is easy to make.
402
403 @item @b{Amontec - JTAG Accelerator}
404 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtag_accelerator.shtml}
405
406 @item @b{GW16402}
407 @* Link: @url{http://www.gateworks.com/products/avila_accessories/gw16042.php}
408
409 @item @b{Wiggler2}
410 @*@uref{http://www.ccac.rwth-aachen.de/@/~michaels/@/index.php/hardware/@/armjtag,
411 Improved parallel-port wiggler-style JTAG adapter}
412
413 @item @b{Wiggler_ntrst_inverted}
414 @* Yet another variation - See the source code, src/jtag/parport.c
415
416 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler}
417 @* Unknown - probably not on the market today
418
419 @item @b{arm-jtag}
420 @* Link: Most likely @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag.html} [another wiggler clone]
421
422 @item @b{chameleon}
423 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/chameleon.shtml}
424
425 @item @b{Triton}
426 @* Unknown.
427
428 @item @b{Lattice}
429 @* ispDownload from Lattice Semiconductor
430 @url{http://www.latticesemi.com/lit/docs/@/devtools/dlcable.pdf}
431
432 @item @b{flashlink}
433 @* From ST Microsystems;
434 @uref{http://www.st.com/stonline/@/products/literature/um/7889.pdf,
435 FlashLINK JTAG programing cable for PSD and uPSD}
436
437 @end itemize
438
439 @section Other...
440 @itemize @bullet
441
442 @item @b{ep93xx}
443 @* An EP93xx based Linux machine using the GPIO pins directly.
444
445 @item @b{at91rm9200}
446 @* Like the EP93xx - but an ATMEL AT91RM9200 based solution using the GPIO pins on the chip.
447
448 @end itemize
449
450 @node About JIM-Tcl
451 @chapter About JIM-Tcl
452 @cindex JIM Tcl
453 @cindex tcl
454
455 OpenOCD includes a small ``Tcl Interpreter'' known as JIM-Tcl.
456 This programming language provides a simple and extensible
457 command interpreter.
458
459 All commands presented in this Guide are extensions to JIM-Tcl.
460 You can use them as simple commands, without needing to learn
461 much of anything about Tcl.
462 Alternatively, can write Tcl programs with them.
463
464 You can learn more about JIM at its website, @url{http://jim.berlios.de}.
465
466 @itemize @bullet
467 @item @b{JIM vs. Tcl}
468 @* JIM-TCL is a stripped down version of the well known Tcl language,
469 which can be found here: @url{http://www.tcl.tk}. JIM-Tcl has far
470 fewer features. JIM-Tcl is a single .C file and a single .H file and
471 implements the basic Tcl command set. In contrast: Tcl 8.6 is a
472 4.2 MB .zip file containing 1540 files.
473
474 @item @b{Missing Features}
475 @* Our practice has been: Add/clone the real Tcl feature if/when
476 needed. We welcome JIM Tcl improvements, not bloat.
477
478 @item @b{Scripts}
479 @* OpenOCD configuration scripts are JIM Tcl Scripts. OpenOCD's
480 command interpreter today is a mixture of (newer)
481 JIM-Tcl commands, and (older) the orginal command interpreter.
482
483 @item @b{Commands}
484 @* At the OpenOCD telnet command line (or via the GDB mon command) one
485 can type a Tcl for() loop, set variables, etc.
486 Some of the commands documented in this guide are implemented
487 as Tcl scripts, from a @file{startup.tcl} file internal to the server.
488
489 @item @b{Historical Note}
490 @* JIM-Tcl was introduced to OpenOCD in spring 2008.
491
492 @item @b{Need a crash course in Tcl?}
493 @*@xref{Tcl Crash Course}.
494 @end itemize
495
496 @node Running
497 @chapter Running
498 @cindex command line options
499 @cindex logfile
500 @cindex directory search
501
502 The @option{--help} option shows:
503 @verbatim
504 bash$ openocd --help
505
506 --help | -h display this help
507 --version | -v display OpenOCD version
508 --file | -f use configuration file <name>
509 --search | -s dir to search for config files and scripts
510 --debug | -d set debug level <0-3>
511 --log_output | -l redirect log output to file <name>
512 --command | -c run <command>
513 --pipe | -p use pipes when talking to gdb
514 @end verbatim
515
516 By default OpenOCD reads the configuration file @file{openocd.cfg}.
517 To specify a different (or multiple)
518 configuration file, you can use the @option{-f} option. For example:
519
520 @example
521 openocd -f config1.cfg -f config2.cfg -f config3.cfg
522 @end example
523
524 Configuration files and scripts are searched for in
525 @enumerate
526 @item the current directory,
527 @item any search dir specified on the command line using the @option{-s} option,
528 @item @file{$HOME/.openocd} (not on Windows),
529 @item the site wide script library @file{$pkgdatadir/site} and
530 @item the OpenOCD-supplied script library @file{$pkgdatadir/scripts}.
531 @end enumerate
532 The first found file with a matching file name will be used.
533
534 @section Simple setup, no customization
535
536 In the best case, you can use two scripts from one of the script
537 libraries, hook up your JTAG adapter, and start the server ... and
538 your JTAG setup will just work "out of the box". Always try to
539 start by reusing those scripts, but assume you'll need more
540 customization even if this works. @xref{OpenOCD Project Setup}.
541
542 If you find a script for your JTAG adapter, and for your board or
543 target, you may be able to hook up your JTAG adapter then start
544 the server like:
545
546 @example
547 openocd -f interface/ADAPTER.cfg -f board/MYBOARD.cfg
548 @end example
549
550 You might also need to configure which reset signals are present,
551 using @option{-c 'reset_config trst_and_srst'} or something similar.
552 If all goes well you'll see output something like
553
554 @example
555 Open On-Chip Debugger 0.4.0 (2010-01-14-15:06)
556 For bug reports, read
557 http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/doxygen/bugs.html
558 Info : JTAG tap: lm3s.cpu tap/device found: 0x3ba00477
559 (mfg: 0x23b, part: 0xba00, ver: 0x3)
560 @end example
561
562 Seeing that "tap/device found" message, and no warnings, means
563 the JTAG communication is working. That's a key milestone, but
564 you'll probably need more project-specific setup.
565
566 @section What OpenOCD does as it starts
567
568 OpenOCD starts by processing the configuration commands provided
569 on the command line or, if there were no @option{-c command} or
570 @option{-f file.cfg} options given, in @file{openocd.cfg}.
571 @xref{Configuration Stage}.
572 At the end of the configuration stage it verifies the JTAG scan
573 chain defined using those commands; your configuration should
574 ensure that this always succeeds.
575 Normally, OpenOCD then starts running as a daemon.
576 Alternatively, commands may be used to terminate the configuration
577 stage early, perform work (such as updating some flash memory),
578 and then shut down without acting as a daemon.
579
580 Once OpenOCD starts running as a daemon, it waits for connections from
581 clients (Telnet, GDB, Other) and processes the commands issued through
582 those channels.
583
584 If you are having problems, you can enable internal debug messages via
585 the @option{-d} option.
586
587 Also it is possible to interleave JIM-Tcl commands w/config scripts using the
588 @option{-c} command line switch.
589
590 To enable debug output (when reporting problems or working on OpenOCD
591 itself), use the @option{-d} command line switch. This sets the
592 @option{debug_level} to "3", outputting the most information,
593 including debug messages. The default setting is "2", outputting only
594 informational messages, warnings and errors. You can also change this
595 setting from within a telnet or gdb session using @command{debug_level
596 <n>} (@pxref{debug_level}).
597
598 You can redirect all output from the daemon to a file using the
599 @option{-l <logfile>} switch.
600
601 For details on the @option{-p} option. @xref{Connecting to GDB}.
602
603 Note! OpenOCD will launch the GDB & telnet server even if it can not
604 establish a connection with the target. In general, it is possible for
605 the JTAG controller to be unresponsive until the target is set up
606 correctly via e.g. GDB monitor commands in a GDB init script.
607
608 @node OpenOCD Project Setup
609 @chapter OpenOCD Project Setup
610
611 To use OpenOCD with your development projects, you need to do more than
612 just connecting the JTAG adapter hardware (dongle) to your development board
613 and then starting the OpenOCD server.
614 You also need to configure that server so that it knows
615 about that adapter and board, and helps your work.
616 You may also want to connect OpenOCD to GDB, possibly
617 using Eclipse or some other GUI.
618
619 @section Hooking up the JTAG Adapter
620
621 Today's most common case is a dongle with a JTAG cable on one side
622 (such as a ribbon cable with a 10-pin or 20-pin IDC connector)
623 and a USB cable on the other.
624 Instead of USB, some cables use Ethernet;
625 older ones may use a PC parallel port, or even a serial port.
626
627 @enumerate
628 @item @emph{Start with power to your target board turned off},
629 and nothing connected to your JTAG adapter.
630 If you're particularly paranoid, unplug power to the board.
631 It's important to have the ground signal properly set up,
632 unless you are using a JTAG adapter which provides
633 galvanic isolation between the target board and the
634 debugging host.
635
636 @item @emph{Be sure it's the right kind of JTAG connector.}
637 If your dongle has a 20-pin ARM connector, you need some kind
638 of adapter (or octopus, see below) to hook it up to
639 boards using 14-pin or 10-pin connectors ... or to 20-pin
640 connectors which don't use ARM's pinout.
641
642 In the same vein, make sure the voltage levels are compatible.
643 Not all JTAG adapters have the level shifters needed to work
644 with 1.2 Volt boards.
645
646 @item @emph{Be certain the cable is properly oriented} or you might
647 damage your board. In most cases there are only two possible
648 ways to connect the cable.
649 Connect the JTAG cable from your adapter to the board.
650 Be sure it's firmly connected.
651
652 In the best case, the connector is keyed to physically
653 prevent you from inserting it wrong.
654 This is most often done using a slot on the board's male connector
655 housing, which must match a key on the JTAG cable's female connector.
656 If there's no housing, then you must look carefully and
657 make sure pin 1 on the cable hooks up to pin 1 on the board.
658 Ribbon cables are frequently all grey except for a wire on one
659 edge, which is red. The red wire is pin 1.
660
661 Sometimes dongles provide cables where one end is an ``octopus'' of
662 color coded single-wire connectors, instead of a connector block.
663 These are great when converting from one JTAG pinout to another,
664 but are tedious to set up.
665 Use these with connector pinout diagrams to help you match up the
666 adapter signals to the right board pins.
667
668 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's other end} once the JTAG cable is connected.
669 A USB, parallel, or serial port connector will go to the host which
670 you are using to run OpenOCD.
671 For Ethernet, consult the documentation and your network administrator.
672
673 For USB based JTAG adapters you have an easy sanity check at this point:
674 does the host operating system see the JTAG adapter? If that host is an
675 MS-Windows host, you'll need to install a driver before OpenOCD works.
676
677 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's power supply, if needed.}
678 This step is primarily for non-USB adapters,
679 but sometimes USB adapters need extra power.
680
681 @item @emph{Power up the target board.}
682 Unless you just let the magic smoke escape,
683 you're now ready to set up the OpenOCD server
684 so you can use JTAG to work with that board.
685
686 @end enumerate
687
688 Talk with the OpenOCD server using
689 telnet (@code{telnet localhost 4444} on many systems) or GDB.
690 @xref{GDB and OpenOCD}.
691
692 @section Project Directory
693
694 There are many ways you can configure OpenOCD and start it up.
695
696 A simple way to organize them all involves keeping a
697 single directory for your work with a given board.
698 When you start OpenOCD from that directory,
699 it searches there first for configuration files, scripts,
700 files accessed through semihosting,
701 and for code you upload to the target board.
702 It is also the natural place to write files,
703 such as log files and data you download from the board.
704
705 @section Configuration Basics
706
707 There are two basic ways of configuring OpenOCD, and
708 a variety of ways you can mix them.
709 Think of the difference as just being how you start the server:
710
711 @itemize
712 @item Many @option{-f file} or @option{-c command} options on the command line
713 @item No options, but a @dfn{user config file}
714 in the current directory named @file{openocd.cfg}
715 @end itemize
716
717 Here is an example @file{openocd.cfg} file for a setup
718 using a Signalyzer FT2232-based JTAG adapter to talk to
719 a board with an Atmel AT91SAM7X256 microcontroller:
720
721 @example
722 source [find interface/signalyzer.cfg]
723
724 # GDB can also flash my flash!
725 gdb_memory_map enable
726 gdb_flash_program enable
727
728 source [find target/sam7x256.cfg]
729 @end example
730
731 Here is the command line equivalent of that configuration:
732
733 @example
734 openocd -f interface/signalyzer.cfg \
735 -c "gdb_memory_map enable" \
736 -c "gdb_flash_program enable" \
737 -f target/sam7x256.cfg
738 @end example
739
740 You could wrap such long command lines in shell scripts,
741 each supporting a different development task.
742 One might re-flash the board with a specific firmware version.
743 Another might set up a particular debugging or run-time environment.
744
745 @quotation Important
746 At this writing (October 2009) the command line method has
747 problems with how it treats variables.
748 For example, after @option{-c "set VAR value"}, or doing the
749 same in a script, the variable @var{VAR} will have no value
750 that can be tested in a later script.
751 @end quotation
752
753 Here we will focus on the simpler solution: one user config
754 file, including basic configuration plus any TCL procedures
755 to simplify your work.
756
757 @section User Config Files
758 @cindex config file, user
759 @cindex user config file
760 @cindex config file, overview
761
762 A user configuration file ties together all the parts of a project
763 in one place.
764 One of the following will match your situation best:
765
766 @itemize
767 @item Ideally almost everything comes from configuration files
768 provided by someone else.
769 For example, OpenOCD distributes a @file{scripts} directory
770 (probably in @file{/usr/share/openocd/scripts} on Linux).
771 Board and tool vendors can provide these too, as can individual
772 user sites; the @option{-s} command line option lets you say
773 where to find these files. (@xref{Running}.)
774 The AT91SAM7X256 example above works this way.
775
776 Three main types of non-user configuration file each have their
777 own subdirectory in the @file{scripts} directory:
778
779 @enumerate
780 @item @b{interface} -- one for each kind of JTAG adapter/dongle
781 @item @b{board} -- one for each different board
782 @item @b{target} -- the chips which integrate CPUs and other JTAG TAPs
783 @end enumerate
784
785 Best case: include just two files, and they handle everything else.
786 The first is an interface config file.
787 The second is board-specific, and it sets up the JTAG TAPs and
788 their GDB targets (by deferring to some @file{target.cfg} file),
789 declares all flash memory, and leaves you nothing to do except
790 meet your deadline:
791
792 @example
793 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
794 source [find board/csb337.cfg]
795 @end example
796
797 Boards with a single microcontroller often won't need more
798 than the target config file, as in the AT91SAM7X256 example.
799 That's because there is no external memory (flash, DDR RAM), and
800 the board differences are encapsulated by application code.
801
802 @item Maybe you don't know yet what your board looks like to JTAG.
803 Once you know the @file{interface.cfg} file to use, you may
804 need help from OpenOCD to discover what's on the board.
805 Once you find the TAPs, you can just search for appropriate
806 configuration files ... or write your own, from the bottom up.
807 @xref{Autoprobing}.
808
809 @item You can often reuse some standard config files but
810 need to write a few new ones, probably a @file{board.cfg} file.
811 You will be using commands described later in this User's Guide,
812 and working with the guidelines in the next chapter.
813
814 For example, there may be configuration files for your JTAG adapter
815 and target chip, but you need a new board-specific config file
816 giving access to your particular flash chips.
817 Or you might need to write another target chip configuration file
818 for a new chip built around the Cortex M3 core.
819
820 @quotation Note
821 When you write new configuration files, please submit
822 them for inclusion in the next OpenOCD release.
823 For example, a @file{board/newboard.cfg} file will help the
824 next users of that board, and a @file{target/newcpu.cfg}
825 will help support users of any board using that chip.
826 @end quotation
827
828 @item
829 You may may need to write some C code.
830 It may be as simple as a supporting a new ft2232 or parport
831 based dongle; a bit more involved, like a NAND or NOR flash
832 controller driver; or a big piece of work like supporting
833 a new chip architecture.
834 @end itemize
835
836 Reuse the existing config files when you can.
837 Look first in the @file{scripts/boards} area, then @file{scripts/targets}.
838 You may find a board configuration that's a good example to follow.
839
840 When you write config files, separate the reusable parts
841 (things every user of that interface, chip, or board needs)
842 from ones specific to your environment and debugging approach.
843 @itemize
844
845 @item
846 For example, a @code{gdb-attach} event handler that invokes
847 the @command{reset init} command will interfere with debugging
848 early boot code, which performs some of the same actions
849 that the @code{reset-init} event handler does.
850
851 @item
852 Likewise, the @command{arm9 vector_catch} command (or
853 @cindex vector_catch
854 its siblings @command{xscale vector_catch}
855 and @command{cortex_m3 vector_catch}) can be a timesaver
856 during some debug sessions, but don't make everyone use that either.
857 Keep those kinds of debugging aids in your user config file,
858 along with messaging and tracing setup.
859 (@xref{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.)
860
861 @item
862 You might need to override some defaults.
863 For example, you might need to move, shrink, or back up the target's
864 work area if your application needs much SRAM.
865
866 @item
867 TCP/IP port configuration is another example of something which
868 is environment-specific, and should only appear in
869 a user config file. @xref{TCP/IP Ports}.
870 @end itemize
871
872 @section Project-Specific Utilities
873
874 A few project-specific utility
875 routines may well speed up your work.
876 Write them, and keep them in your project's user config file.
877
878 For example, if you are making a boot loader work on a
879 board, it's nice to be able to debug the ``after it's
880 loaded to RAM'' parts separately from the finicky early
881 code which sets up the DDR RAM controller and clocks.
882 A script like this one, or a more GDB-aware sibling,
883 may help:
884
885 @example
886 proc ramboot @{ @} @{
887 # Reset, running the target's "reset-init" scripts
888 # to initialize clocks and the DDR RAM controller.
889 # Leave the CPU halted.
890 reset init
891
892 # Load CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT version into DDR RAM.
893 load_image u-boot.bin 0x20000000
894
895 # Start running.
896 resume 0x20000000
897 @}
898 @end example
899
900 Then once that code is working you will need to make it
901 boot from NOR flash; a different utility would help.
902 Alternatively, some developers write to flash using GDB.
903 (You might use a similar script if you're working with a flash
904 based microcontroller application instead of a boot loader.)
905
906 @example
907 proc newboot @{ @} @{
908 # Reset, leaving the CPU halted. The "reset-init" event
909 # proc gives faster access to the CPU and to NOR flash;
910 # "reset halt" would be slower.
911 reset init
912
913 # Write standard version of U-Boot into the first two
914 # sectors of NOR flash ... the standard version should
915 # do the same lowlevel init as "reset-init".
916 flash protect 0 0 1 off
917 flash erase_sector 0 0 1
918 flash write_bank 0 u-boot.bin 0x0
919 flash protect 0 0 1 on
920
921 # Reboot from scratch using that new boot loader.
922 reset run
923 @}
924 @end example
925
926 You may need more complicated utility procedures when booting
927 from NAND.
928 That often involves an extra bootloader stage,
929 running from on-chip SRAM to perform DDR RAM setup so it can load
930 the main bootloader code (which won't fit into that SRAM).
931
932 Other helper scripts might be used to write production system images,
933 involving considerably more than just a three stage bootloader.
934
935 @section Target Software Changes
936
937 Sometimes you may want to make some small changes to the software
938 you're developing, to help make JTAG debugging work better.
939 For example, in C or assembly language code you might
940 use @code{#ifdef JTAG_DEBUG} (or its converse) around code
941 handling issues like:
942
943 @itemize @bullet
944
945 @item @b{ARM Semihosting}...
946 @cindex ARM semihosting
947 When linked with a special runtime library provided with many
948 toolchains@footnote{See chapter 8 "Semihosting" in
949 @uref{http://infocenter.arm.com/help/topic/com.arm.doc.dui0203i/DUI0203I_rvct_developer_guide.pdf,
950 ARM DUI 0203I}, the "RealView Compilation Tools Developer Guide".
951 The CodeSourcery EABI toolchain also includes a semihosting library.},
952 your target code can use I/O facilities on the debug host. That library
953 provides a small set of system calls which are handled by OpenOCD.
954 It can let the debugger provide your system console and a file system,
955 helping with early debugging or providing a more capable environment
956 for sometimes-complex tasks like installing system firmware onto
957 NAND or SPI flash.
958
959 @item @b{ARM Wait-For-Interrupt}...
960 Many ARM chips synchronize the JTAG clock using the core clock.
961 Low power states which stop that core clock thus prevent JTAG access.
962 Idle loops in tasking environments often enter those low power states
963 via the @code{WFI} instruction (or its coprocessor equivalent, before ARMv7).
964
965 You may want to @emph{disable that instruction} in source code,
966 or otherwise prevent using that state,
967 to ensure you can get JTAG access at any time.
968 For example, the OpenOCD @command{halt} command may not
969 work for an idle processor otherwise.
970
971 @item @b{Delay after reset}...
972 Not all chips have good support for debugger access
973 right after reset; many LPC2xxx chips have issues here.
974 Similarly, applications that reconfigure pins used for
975 JTAG access as they start will also block debugger access.
976
977 To work with boards like this, @emph{enable a short delay loop}
978 the first thing after reset, before "real" startup activities.
979 For example, one second's delay is usually more than enough
980 time for a JTAG debugger to attach, so that
981 early code execution can be debugged
982 or firmware can be replaced.
983
984 @item @b{Debug Communications Channel (DCC)}...
985 Some processors include mechanisms to send messages over JTAG.
986 Many ARM cores support these, as do some cores from other vendors.
987 (OpenOCD may be able to use this DCC internally, speeding up some
988 operations like writing to memory.)
989
990 Your application may want to deliver various debugging messages
991 over JTAG, by @emph{linking with a small library of code}
992 provided with OpenOCD and using the utilities there to send
993 various kinds of message.
994 @xref{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.
995
996 @end itemize
997
998 @node Config File Guidelines
999 @chapter Config File Guidelines
1000
1001 This chapter is aimed at any user who needs to write a config file,
1002 including developers and integrators of OpenOCD and any user who
1003 needs to get a new board working smoothly.
1004 It provides guidelines for creating those files.
1005
1006 You should find the following directories under @t{$(INSTALLDIR)/scripts},
1007 with files including the ones listed here.
1008 Use them as-is where you can; or as models for new files.
1009 @itemize @bullet
1010 @item @file{interface} ...
1011 think JTAG Dongle. Files that configure JTAG adapters go here.
1012 @example
1013 $ ls interface
1014 arm-jtag-ew.cfg hitex_str9-comstick.cfg oocdlink.cfg
1015 arm-usb-ocd.cfg icebear.cfg openocd-usb.cfg
1016 at91rm9200.cfg jlink.cfg parport.cfg
1017 axm0432.cfg jtagkey2.cfg parport_dlc5.cfg
1018 calao-usb-a9260-c01.cfg jtagkey.cfg rlink.cfg
1019 calao-usb-a9260-c02.cfg jtagkey-tiny.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1020 calao-usb-a9260.cfg luminary.cfg signalyzer.cfg
1021 chameleon.cfg luminary-icdi.cfg stm32-stick.cfg
1022 cortino.cfg luminary-lm3s811.cfg turtelizer2.cfg
1023 dummy.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd.cfg usbprog.cfg
1024 flyswatter.cfg olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg vsllink.cfg
1025 $
1026 @end example
1027 @item @file{board} ...
1028 think Circuit Board, PWA, PCB, they go by many names. Board files
1029 contain initialization items that are specific to a board.
1030 They reuse target configuration files, since the same
1031 microprocessor chips are used on many boards,
1032 but support for external parts varies widely. For
1033 example, the SDRAM initialization sequence for the board, or the type
1034 of external flash and what address it uses. Any initialization
1035 sequence to enable that external flash or SDRAM should be found in the
1036 board file. Boards may also contain multiple targets: two CPUs; or
1037 a CPU and an FPGA.
1038 @example
1039 $ ls board
1040 arm_evaluator7t.cfg keil_mcb1700.cfg
1041 at91rm9200-dk.cfg keil_mcb2140.cfg
1042 at91sam9g20-ek.cfg linksys_nslu2.cfg
1043 atmel_at91sam7s-ek.cfg logicpd_imx27.cfg
1044 atmel_at91sam9260-ek.cfg mini2440.cfg
1045 atmel_sam3u_ek.cfg olimex_LPC2378STK.cfg
1046 crossbow_tech_imote2.cfg olimex_lpc_h2148.cfg
1047 csb337.cfg olimex_sam7_ex256.cfg
1048 csb732.cfg olimex_sam9_l9260.cfg
1049 digi_connectcore_wi-9c.cfg olimex_stm32_h103.cfg
1050 dm355evm.cfg omap2420_h4.cfg
1051 dm365evm.cfg osk5912.cfg
1052 dm6446evm.cfg pic-p32mx.cfg
1053 eir.cfg propox_mmnet1001.cfg
1054 ek-lm3s1968.cfg pxa255_sst.cfg
1055 ek-lm3s3748.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1056 ek-lm3s811.cfg stm3210e_eval.cfg
1057 ek-lm3s9b9x.cfg stm32f10x_128k_eval.cfg
1058 hammer.cfg str910-eval.cfg
1059 hitex_lpc2929.cfg telo.cfg
1060 hitex_stm32-performancestick.cfg ti_beagleboard.cfg
1061 hitex_str9-comstick.cfg topas910.cfg
1062 iar_str912_sk.cfg topasa900.cfg
1063 imx27ads.cfg unknown_at91sam9260.cfg
1064 imx27lnst.cfg x300t.cfg
1065 imx31pdk.cfg zy1000.cfg
1066 $
1067 @end example
1068 @item @file{target} ...
1069 think chip. The ``target'' directory represents the JTAG TAPs
1070 on a chip
1071 which OpenOCD should control, not a board. Two common types of targets
1072 are ARM chips and FPGA or CPLD chips.
1073 When a chip has multiple TAPs (maybe it has both ARM and DSP cores),
1074 the target config file defines all of them.
1075 @example
1076 $ ls target
1077 aduc702x.cfg imx27.cfg pxa255.cfg
1078 ar71xx.cfg imx31.cfg pxa270.cfg
1079 at91eb40a.cfg imx35.cfg readme.txt
1080 at91r40008.cfg is5114.cfg sam7se512.cfg
1081 at91rm9200.cfg ixp42x.cfg sam7x256.cfg
1082 at91sam3u1c.cfg lm3s1968.cfg samsung_s3c2410.cfg
1083 at91sam3u1e.cfg lm3s3748.cfg samsung_s3c2440.cfg
1084 at91sam3u2c.cfg lm3s6965.cfg samsung_s3c2450.cfg
1085 at91sam3u2e.cfg lm3s811.cfg samsung_s3c4510.cfg
1086 at91sam3u4c.cfg lm3s9b9x.cfg samsung_s3c6410.cfg
1087 at91sam3u4e.cfg lpc1768.cfg sharp_lh79532.cfg
1088 at91sam3uXX.cfg lpc2103.cfg smdk6410.cfg
1089 at91sam7sx.cfg lpc2124.cfg smp8634.cfg
1090 at91sam9260.cfg lpc2129.cfg stm32.cfg
1091 c100.cfg lpc2148.cfg str710.cfg
1092 c100config.tcl lpc2294.cfg str730.cfg
1093 c100helper.tcl lpc2378.cfg str750.cfg
1094 c100regs.tcl lpc2478.cfg str912.cfg
1095 cs351x.cfg lpc2900.cfg telo.cfg
1096 davinci.cfg mega128.cfg ti_dm355.cfg
1097 dragonite.cfg netx500.cfg ti_dm365.cfg
1098 epc9301.cfg omap2420.cfg ti_dm6446.cfg
1099 feroceon.cfg omap3530.cfg tmpa900.cfg
1100 icepick.cfg omap5912.cfg tmpa910.cfg
1101 imx21.cfg pic32mx.cfg xba_revA3.cfg
1102 $
1103 @end example
1104 @item @emph{more} ... browse for other library files which may be useful.
1105 For example, there are various generic and CPU-specific utilities.
1106 @end itemize
1107
1108 The @file{openocd.cfg} user config
1109 file may override features in any of the above files by
1110 setting variables before sourcing the target file, or by adding
1111 commands specific to their situation.
1112
1113 @section Interface Config Files
1114
1115 The user config file
1116 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1117
1118 @example
1119 source [find interface/FOOBAR.cfg]
1120 @end example
1121
1122 A preconfigured interface file should exist for every interface in use
1123 today, that said, perhaps some interfaces have only been used by the
1124 sole developer who created it.
1125
1126 A separate chapter gives information about how to set these up.
1127 @xref{Interface - Dongle Configuration}.
1128 Read the OpenOCD source code if you have a new kind of hardware interface
1129 and need to provide a driver for it.
1130
1131 @section Board Config Files
1132 @cindex config file, board
1133 @cindex board config file
1134
1135 The user config file
1136 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1137
1138 @example
1139 source [find board/FOOBAR.cfg]
1140 @end example
1141
1142 The point of a board config file is to package everything
1143 about a given board that user config files need to know.
1144 In summary the board files should contain (if present)
1145
1146 @enumerate
1147 @item One or more @command{source [target/...cfg]} statements
1148 @item NOR flash configuration (@pxref{NOR Configuration})
1149 @item NAND flash configuration (@pxref{NAND Configuration})
1150 @item Target @code{reset} handlers for SDRAM and I/O configuration
1151 @item JTAG adapter reset configuration (@pxref{Reset Configuration})
1152 @item All things that are not ``inside a chip''
1153 @end enumerate
1154
1155 Generic things inside target chips belong in target config files,
1156 not board config files. So for example a @code{reset-init} event
1157 handler should know board-specific oscillator and PLL parameters,
1158 which it passes to target-specific utility code.
1159
1160 The most complex task of a board config file is creating such a
1161 @code{reset-init} event handler.
1162 Define those handlers last, after you verify the rest of the board
1163 configuration works.
1164
1165 @subsection Communication Between Config files
1166
1167 In addition to target-specific utility code, another way that
1168 board and target config files communicate is by following a
1169 convention on how to use certain variables.
1170
1171 The full Tcl/Tk language supports ``namespaces'', but JIM-Tcl does not.
1172 Thus the rule we follow in OpenOCD is this: Variables that begin with
1173 a leading underscore are temporary in nature, and can be modified and
1174 used at will within a target configuration file.
1175
1176 Complex board config files can do the things like this,
1177 for a board with three chips:
1178
1179 @example
1180 # Chip #1: PXA270 for network side, big endian
1181 set CHIPNAME network
1182 set ENDIAN big
1183 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1184 # on return: _TARGETNAME = network.cpu
1185 # other commands can refer to the "network.cpu" target.
1186 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1187
1188 # Chip #2: PXA270 for video side, little endian
1189 set CHIPNAME video
1190 set ENDIAN little
1191 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1192 # on return: _TARGETNAME = video.cpu
1193 # other commands can refer to the "video.cpu" target.
1194 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1195
1196 # Chip #3: Xilinx FPGA for glue logic
1197 set CHIPNAME xilinx
1198 unset ENDIAN
1199 source [find target/spartan3.cfg]
1200 @end example
1201
1202 That example is oversimplified because it doesn't show any flash memory,
1203 or the @code{reset-init} event handlers to initialize external DRAM
1204 or (assuming it needs it) load a configuration into the FPGA.
1205 Such features are usually needed for low-level work with many boards,
1206 where ``low level'' implies that the board initialization software may
1207 not be working. (That's a common reason to need JTAG tools. Another
1208 is to enable working with microcontroller-based systems, which often
1209 have no debugging support except a JTAG connector.)
1210
1211 Target config files may also export utility functions to board and user
1212 config files. Such functions should use name prefixes, to help avoid
1213 naming collisions.
1214
1215 Board files could also accept input variables from user config files.
1216 For example, there might be a @code{J4_JUMPER} setting used to identify
1217 what kind of flash memory a development board is using, or how to set
1218 up other clocks and peripherals.
1219
1220 @subsection Variable Naming Convention
1221 @cindex variable names
1222
1223 Most boards have only one instance of a chip.
1224 However, it should be easy to create a board with more than
1225 one such chip (as shown above).
1226 Accordingly, we encourage these conventions for naming
1227 variables associated with different @file{target.cfg} files,
1228 to promote consistency and
1229 so that board files can override target defaults.
1230
1231 Inputs to target config files include:
1232
1233 @itemize @bullet
1234 @item @code{CHIPNAME} ...
1235 This gives a name to the overall chip, and is used as part of
1236 tap identifier dotted names.
1237 While the default is normally provided by the chip manufacturer,
1238 board files may need to distinguish between instances of a chip.
1239 @item @code{ENDIAN} ...
1240 By default @option{little} - although chips may hard-wire @option{big}.
1241 Chips that can't change endianness don't need to use this variable.
1242 @item @code{CPUTAPID} ...
1243 When OpenOCD examines the JTAG chain, it can be told verify the
1244 chips against the JTAG IDCODE register.
1245 The target file will hold one or more defaults, but sometimes the
1246 chip in a board will use a different ID (perhaps a newer revision).
1247 @end itemize
1248
1249 Outputs from target config files include:
1250
1251 @itemize @bullet
1252 @item @code{_TARGETNAME} ...
1253 By convention, this variable is created by the target configuration
1254 script. The board configuration file may make use of this variable to
1255 configure things like a ``reset init'' script, or other things
1256 specific to that board and that target.
1257 If the chip has 2 targets, the names are @code{_TARGETNAME0},
1258 @code{_TARGETNAME1}, ... etc.
1259 @end itemize
1260
1261 @subsection The reset-init Event Handler
1262 @cindex event, reset-init
1263 @cindex reset-init handler
1264
1265 Board config files run in the OpenOCD configuration stage;
1266 they can't use TAPs or targets, since they haven't been
1267 fully set up yet.
1268 This means you can't write memory or access chip registers;
1269 you can't even verify that a flash chip is present.
1270 That's done later in event handlers, of which the target @code{reset-init}
1271 handler is one of the most important.
1272
1273 Except on microcontrollers, the basic job of @code{reset-init} event
1274 handlers is setting up flash and DRAM, as normally handled by boot loaders.
1275 Microcontrollers rarely use boot loaders; they run right out of their
1276 on-chip flash and SRAM memory. But they may want to use one of these
1277 handlers too, if just for developer convenience.
1278
1279 @quotation Note
1280 Because this is so very board-specific, and chip-specific, no examples
1281 are included here.
1282 Instead, look at the board config files distributed with OpenOCD.
1283 If you have a boot loader, its source code will help; so will
1284 configuration files for other JTAG tools
1285 (@pxref{Translating Configuration Files}).
1286 @end quotation
1287
1288 Some of this code could probably be shared between different boards.
1289 For example, setting up a DRAM controller often doesn't differ by
1290 much except the bus width (16 bits or 32?) and memory timings, so a
1291 reusable TCL procedure loaded by the @file{target.cfg} file might take
1292 those as parameters.
1293 Similarly with oscillator, PLL, and clock setup;
1294 and disabling the watchdog.
1295 Structure the code cleanly, and provide comments to help
1296 the next developer doing such work.
1297 (@emph{You might be that next person} trying to reuse init code!)
1298
1299 The last thing normally done in a @code{reset-init} handler is probing
1300 whatever flash memory was configured. For most chips that needs to be
1301 done while the associated target is halted, either because JTAG memory
1302 access uses the CPU or to prevent conflicting CPU access.
1303
1304 @subsection JTAG Clock Rate
1305
1306 Before your @code{reset-init} handler has set up
1307 the PLLs and clocking, you may need to run with
1308 a low JTAG clock rate.
1309 @xref{JTAG Speed}.
1310 Then you'd increase that rate after your handler has
1311 made it possible to use the faster JTAG clock.
1312 When the initial low speed is board-specific, for example
1313 because it depends on a board-specific oscillator speed, then
1314 you should probably set it up in the board config file;
1315 if it's target-specific, it belongs in the target config file.
1316
1317 For most ARM-based processors the fastest JTAG clock@footnote{A FAQ
1318 @uref{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} gives details.}
1319 is one sixth of the CPU clock; or one eighth for ARM11 cores.
1320 Consult chip documentation to determine the peak JTAG clock rate,
1321 which might be less than that.
1322
1323 @quotation Warning
1324 On most ARMs, JTAG clock detection is coupled to the core clock, so
1325 software using a @option{wait for interrupt} operation blocks JTAG access.
1326 Adaptive clocking provides a partial workaround, but a more complete
1327 solution just avoids using that instruction with JTAG debuggers.
1328 @end quotation
1329
1330 If the board supports adaptive clocking, use the @command{jtag_rclk}
1331 command, in case your board is used with JTAG adapter which
1332 also supports it. Otherwise use @command{jtag_khz}.
1333 Set the slow rate at the beginning of the reset sequence,
1334 and the faster rate as soon as the clocks are at full speed.
1335
1336 @section Target Config Files
1337 @cindex config file, target
1338 @cindex target config file
1339
1340 Board config files communicate with target config files using
1341 naming conventions as described above, and may source one or
1342 more target config files like this:
1343
1344 @example
1345 source [find target/FOOBAR.cfg]
1346 @end example
1347
1348 The point of a target config file is to package everything
1349 about a given chip that board config files need to know.
1350 In summary the target files should contain
1351
1352 @enumerate
1353 @item Set defaults
1354 @item Add TAPs to the scan chain
1355 @item Add CPU targets (includes GDB support)
1356 @item CPU/Chip/CPU-Core specific features
1357 @item On-Chip flash
1358 @end enumerate
1359
1360 As a rule of thumb, a target file sets up only one chip.
1361 For a microcontroller, that will often include a single TAP,
1362 which is a CPU needing a GDB target, and its on-chip flash.
1363
1364 More complex chips may include multiple TAPs, and the target
1365 config file may need to define them all before OpenOCD
1366 can talk to the chip.
1367 For example, some phone chips have JTAG scan chains that include
1368 an ARM core for operating system use, a DSP,
1369 another ARM core embedded in an image processing engine,
1370 and other processing engines.
1371
1372 @subsection Default Value Boiler Plate Code
1373
1374 All target configuration files should start with code like this,
1375 letting board config files express environment-specific
1376 differences in how things should be set up.
1377
1378 @example
1379 # Boards may override chip names, perhaps based on role,
1380 # but the default should match what the vendor uses
1381 if @{ [info exists CHIPNAME] @} @{
1382 set _CHIPNAME $CHIPNAME
1383 @} else @{
1384 set _CHIPNAME sam7x256
1385 @}
1386
1387 # ONLY use ENDIAN with targets that can change it.
1388 if @{ [info exists ENDIAN] @} @{
1389 set _ENDIAN $ENDIAN
1390 @} else @{
1391 set _ENDIAN little
1392 @}
1393
1394 # TAP identifiers may change as chips mature, for example with
1395 # new revision fields (the "3" here). Pick a good default; you
1396 # can pass several such identifiers to the "jtag newtap" command.
1397 if @{ [info exists CPUTAPID ] @} @{
1398 set _CPUTAPID $CPUTAPID
1399 @} else @{
1400 set _CPUTAPID 0x3f0f0f0f
1401 @}
1402 @end example
1403 @c but 0x3f0f0f0f is for an str73x part ...
1404
1405 @emph{Remember:} Board config files may include multiple target
1406 config files, or the same target file multiple times
1407 (changing at least @code{CHIPNAME}).
1408
1409 Likewise, the target configuration file should define
1410 @code{_TARGETNAME} (or @code{_TARGETNAME0} etc) and
1411 use it later on when defining debug targets:
1412
1413 @example
1414 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1415 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1416 @end example
1417
1418 @subsection Adding TAPs to the Scan Chain
1419 After the ``defaults'' are set up,
1420 add the TAPs on each chip to the JTAG scan chain.
1421 @xref{TAP Declaration}, and the naming convention
1422 for taps.
1423
1424 In the simplest case the chip has only one TAP,
1425 probably for a CPU or FPGA.
1426 The config file for the Atmel AT91SAM7X256
1427 looks (in part) like this:
1428
1429 @example
1430 jtag newtap $_CHIPNAME cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id $_CPUTAPID
1431 @end example
1432
1433 A board with two such at91sam7 chips would be able
1434 to source such a config file twice, with different
1435 values for @code{CHIPNAME}, so
1436 it adds a different TAP each time.
1437
1438 If there are nonzero @option{-expected-id} values,
1439 OpenOCD attempts to verify the actual tap id against those values.
1440 It will issue error messages if there is mismatch, which
1441 can help to pinpoint problems in OpenOCD configurations.
1442
1443 @example
1444 JTAG tap: sam7x256.cpu tap/device found: 0x3f0f0f0f
1445 (Manufacturer: 0x787, Part: 0xf0f0, Version: 0x3)
1446 ERROR: Tap: sam7x256.cpu - Expected id: 0x12345678, Got: 0x3f0f0f0f
1447 ERROR: expected: mfg: 0x33c, part: 0x2345, ver: 0x1
1448 ERROR: got: mfg: 0x787, part: 0xf0f0, ver: 0x3
1449 @end example
1450
1451 There are more complex examples too, with chips that have
1452 multiple TAPs. Ones worth looking at include:
1453
1454 @itemize
1455 @item @file{target/omap3530.cfg} -- with disabled ARM and DSP,
1456 plus a JRC to enable them
1457 @item @file{target/str912.cfg} -- with flash, CPU, and boundary scan
1458 @item @file{target/ti_dm355.cfg} -- with ETM, ARM, and JRC (this JRC
1459 is not currently used)
1460 @end itemize
1461
1462 @subsection Add CPU targets
1463
1464 After adding a TAP for a CPU, you should set it up so that
1465 GDB and other commands can use it.
1466 @xref{CPU Configuration}.
1467 For the at91sam7 example above, the command can look like this;
1468 note that @code{$_ENDIAN} is not needed, since OpenOCD defaults
1469 to little endian, and this chip doesn't support changing that.
1470
1471 @example
1472 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1473 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1474 @end example
1475
1476 Work areas are small RAM areas associated with CPU targets.
1477 They are used by OpenOCD to speed up downloads,
1478 and to download small snippets of code to program flash chips.
1479 If the chip includes a form of ``on-chip-ram'' - and many do - define
1480 a work area if you can.
1481 Again using the at91sam7 as an example, this can look like:
1482
1483 @example
1484 $_TARGETNAME configure -work-area-phys 0x00200000 \
1485 -work-area-size 0x4000 -work-area-backup 0
1486 @end example
1487
1488 @subsection Chip Reset Setup
1489
1490 As a rule, you should put the @command{reset_config} command
1491 into the board file. Most things you think you know about a
1492 chip can be tweaked by the board.
1493
1494 Some chips have specific ways the TRST and SRST signals are
1495 managed. In the unusual case that these are @emph{chip specific}
1496 and can never be changed by board wiring, they could go here.
1497 For example, some chips can't support JTAG debugging without
1498 both signals.
1499
1500 Provide a @code{reset-assert} event handler if you can.
1501 Such a handler uses JTAG operations to reset the target,
1502 letting this target config be used in systems which don't
1503 provide the optional SRST signal, or on systems where you
1504 don't want to reset all targets at once.
1505 Such a handler might write to chip registers to force a reset,
1506 use a JRC to do that (preferable -- the target may be wedged!),
1507 or force a watchdog timer to trigger.
1508 (For Cortex-M3 targets, this is not necessary. The target
1509 driver knows how to use trigger an NVIC reset when SRST is
1510 not available.)
1511
1512 Some chips need special attention during reset handling if
1513 they're going to be used with JTAG.
1514 An example might be needing to send some commands right
1515 after the target's TAP has been reset, providing a
1516 @code{reset-deassert-post} event handler that writes a chip
1517 register to report that JTAG debugging is being done.
1518 Another would be reconfiguring the watchdog so that it stops
1519 counting while the core is halted in the debugger.
1520
1521 JTAG clocking constraints often change during reset, and in
1522 some cases target config files (rather than board config files)
1523 are the right places to handle some of those issues.
1524 For example, immediately after reset most chips run using a
1525 slower clock than they will use later.
1526 That means that after reset (and potentially, as OpenOCD
1527 first starts up) they must use a slower JTAG clock rate
1528 than they will use later.
1529 @xref{JTAG Speed}.
1530
1531 @quotation Important
1532 When you are debugging code that runs right after chip
1533 reset, getting these issues right is critical.
1534 In particular, if you see intermittent failures when
1535 OpenOCD verifies the scan chain after reset,
1536 look at how you are setting up JTAG clocking.
1537 @end quotation
1538
1539 @subsection ARM Core Specific Hacks
1540
1541 If the chip has a DCC, enable it. If the chip is an ARM9 with some
1542 special high speed download features - enable it.
1543
1544 If present, the MMU, the MPU and the CACHE should be disabled.
1545
1546 Some ARM cores are equipped with trace support, which permits
1547 examination of the instruction and data bus activity. Trace
1548 activity is controlled through an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM)
1549 on one of the core's scan chains. The ETM emits voluminous data
1550 through a ``trace port''. (@xref{ARM Hardware Tracing}.)
1551 If you are using an external trace port,
1552 configure it in your board config file.
1553 If you are using an on-chip ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB),
1554 configure it in your target config file.
1555
1556 @example
1557 etm config $_TARGETNAME 16 normal full etb
1558 etb config $_TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.etb
1559 @end example
1560
1561 @subsection Internal Flash Configuration
1562
1563 This applies @b{ONLY TO MICROCONTROLLERS} that have flash built in.
1564
1565 @b{Never ever} in the ``target configuration file'' define any type of
1566 flash that is external to the chip. (For example a BOOT flash on
1567 Chip Select 0.) Such flash information goes in a board file - not
1568 the TARGET (chip) file.
1569
1570 Examples:
1571 @itemize @bullet
1572 @item at91sam7x256 - has 256K flash YES enable it.
1573 @item str912 - has flash internal YES enable it.
1574 @item imx27 - uses boot flash on CS0 - it goes in the board file.
1575 @item pxa270 - again - CS0 flash - it goes in the board file.
1576 @end itemize
1577
1578 @anchor{Translating Configuration Files}
1579 @section Translating Configuration Files
1580 @cindex translation
1581 If you have a configuration file for another hardware debugger
1582 or toolset (Abatron, BDI2000, BDI3000, CCS,
1583 Lauterbach, Segger, Macraigor, etc.), translating
1584 it into OpenOCD syntax is often quite straightforward. The most tricky
1585 part of creating a configuration script is oftentimes the reset init
1586 sequence where e.g. PLLs, DRAM and the like is set up.
1587
1588 One trick that you can use when translating is to write small
1589 Tcl procedures to translate the syntax into OpenOCD syntax. This
1590 can avoid manual translation errors and make it easier to
1591 convert other scripts later on.
1592
1593 Example of transforming quirky arguments to a simple search and
1594 replace job:
1595
1596 @example
1597 # Lauterbach syntax(?)
1598 #
1599 # Data.Set c15:0x042f %long 0x40000015
1600 #
1601 # OpenOCD syntax when using procedure below.
1602 #
1603 # setc15 0x01 0x00050078
1604
1605 proc setc15 @{regs value@} @{
1606 global TARGETNAME
1607
1608 echo [format "set p15 0x%04x, 0x%08x" $regs $value]
1609
1610 arm mcr 15 [expr ($regs>>12)&0x7] \
1611 [expr ($regs>>0)&0xf] [expr ($regs>>4)&0xf] \
1612 [expr ($regs>>8)&0x7] $value
1613 @}
1614 @end example
1615
1616
1617
1618 @node Daemon Configuration
1619 @chapter Daemon Configuration
1620 @cindex initialization
1621 The commands here are commonly found in the openocd.cfg file and are
1622 used to specify what TCP/IP ports are used, and how GDB should be
1623 supported.
1624
1625 @anchor{Configuration Stage}
1626 @section Configuration Stage
1627 @cindex configuration stage
1628 @cindex config command
1629
1630 When the OpenOCD server process starts up, it enters a
1631 @emph{configuration stage} which is the only time that
1632 certain commands, @emph{configuration commands}, may be issued.
1633 Normally, configuration commands are only available
1634 inside startup scripts.
1635
1636 In this manual, the definition of a configuration command is
1637 presented as a @emph{Config Command}, not as a @emph{Command}
1638 which may be issued interactively.
1639 The runtime @command{help} command also highlights configuration
1640 commands, and those which may be issued at any time.
1641
1642 Those configuration commands include declaration of TAPs,
1643 flash banks,
1644 the interface used for JTAG communication,
1645 and other basic setup.
1646 The server must leave the configuration stage before it
1647 may access or activate TAPs.
1648 After it leaves this stage, configuration commands may no
1649 longer be issued.
1650
1651 @section Entering the Run Stage
1652
1653 The first thing OpenOCD does after leaving the configuration
1654 stage is to verify that it can talk to the scan chain
1655 (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
1656 It will warn if it doesn't find TAPs it expects to find,
1657 or finds TAPs that aren't supposed to be there.
1658 You should see no errors at this point.
1659 If you see errors, resolve them by correcting the
1660 commands you used to configure the server.
1661 Common errors include using an initial JTAG speed that's too
1662 fast, and not providing the right IDCODE values for the TAPs
1663 on the scan chain.
1664
1665 Once OpenOCD has entered the run stage, a number of commands
1666 become available.
1667 A number of these relate to the debug targets you may have declared.
1668 For example, the @command{mww} command will not be available until
1669 a target has been successfuly instantiated.
1670 If you want to use those commands, you may need to force
1671 entry to the run stage.
1672
1673 @deffn {Config Command} init
1674 This command terminates the configuration stage and
1675 enters the run stage. This helps when you need to have
1676 the startup scripts manage tasks such as resetting the target,
1677 programming flash, etc. To reset the CPU upon startup, add "init" and
1678 "reset" at the end of the config script or at the end of the OpenOCD
1679 command line using the @option{-c} command line switch.
1680
1681 If this command does not appear in any startup/configuration file
1682 OpenOCD executes the command for you after processing all
1683 configuration files and/or command line options.
1684
1685 @b{NOTE:} This command normally occurs at or near the end of your
1686 openocd.cfg file to force OpenOCD to ``initialize'' and make the
1687 targets ready. For example: If your openocd.cfg file needs to
1688 read/write memory on your target, @command{init} must occur before
1689 the memory read/write commands. This includes @command{nand probe}.
1690 @end deffn
1691
1692 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} jtag_init
1693 This is invoked at server startup to verify that it can talk
1694 to the scan chain (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
1695
1696 The default implementation first tries @command{jtag arp_init},
1697 which uses only a lightweight JTAG reset before examining the
1698 scan chain.
1699 If that fails, it tries again, using a harder reset
1700 from the overridable procedure @command{init_reset}.
1701
1702 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
1703 they return.
1704 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
1705 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
1706 @end deffn
1707
1708 @anchor{TCP/IP Ports}
1709 @section TCP/IP Ports
1710 @cindex TCP port
1711 @cindex server
1712 @cindex port
1713 @cindex security
1714 The OpenOCD server accepts remote commands in several syntaxes.
1715 Each syntax uses a different TCP/IP port, which you may specify
1716 only during configuration (before those ports are opened).
1717
1718 For reasons including security, you may wish to prevent remote
1719 access using one or more of these ports.
1720 In such cases, just specify the relevant port number as zero.
1721 If you disable all access through TCP/IP, you will need to
1722 use the command line @option{-pipe} option.
1723
1724 @deffn {Command} gdb_port (number)
1725 @cindex GDB server
1726 Specify or query the first port used for incoming GDB connections.
1727 The GDB port for the
1728 first target will be gdb_port, the second target will listen on gdb_port + 1, and so on.
1729 When not specified during the configuration stage,
1730 the port @var{number} defaults to 3333.
1731 When specified as zero, this port is not activated.
1732 @end deffn
1733
1734 @deffn {Command} tcl_port (number)
1735 Specify or query the port used for a simplified RPC
1736 connection that can be used by clients to issue TCL commands and get the
1737 output from the Tcl engine.
1738 Intended as a machine interface.
1739 When not specified during the configuration stage,
1740 the port @var{number} defaults to 6666.
1741 When specified as zero, this port is not activated.
1742 @end deffn
1743
1744 @deffn {Command} telnet_port (number)
1745 Specify or query the
1746 port on which to listen for incoming telnet connections.
1747 This port is intended for interaction with one human through TCL commands.
1748 When not specified during the configuration stage,
1749 the port @var{number} defaults to 4444.
1750 When specified as zero, this port is not activated.
1751 @end deffn
1752
1753 @anchor{GDB Configuration}
1754 @section GDB Configuration
1755 @cindex GDB
1756 @cindex GDB configuration
1757 You can reconfigure some GDB behaviors if needed.
1758 The ones listed here are static and global.
1759 @xref{Target Configuration}, about configuring individual targets.
1760 @xref{Target Events}, about configuring target-specific event handling.
1761
1762 @anchor{gdb_breakpoint_override}
1763 @deffn {Command} gdb_breakpoint_override [@option{hard}|@option{soft}|@option{disable}]
1764 Force breakpoint type for gdb @command{break} commands.
1765 This option supports GDB GUIs which don't
1766 distinguish hard versus soft breakpoints, if the default OpenOCD and
1767 GDB behaviour is not sufficient. GDB normally uses hardware
1768 breakpoints if the memory map has been set up for flash regions.
1769 @end deffn
1770
1771 @anchor{gdb_flash_program}
1772 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_flash_program (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
1773 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to program the flash memory when a
1774 vFlash packet is received.
1775 The default behaviour is @option{enable}.
1776 @end deffn
1777
1778 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_memory_map (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
1779 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to send the memory configuration to GDB when
1780 requested. GDB will then know when to set hardware breakpoints, and program flash
1781 using the GDB load command. @command{gdb_flash_program enable} must also be enabled
1782 for flash programming to work.
1783 Default behaviour is @option{enable}.
1784 @xref{gdb_flash_program}.
1785 @end deffn
1786
1787 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_report_data_abort (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
1788 Specifies whether data aborts cause an error to be reported
1789 by GDB memory read packets.
1790 The default behaviour is @option{disable};
1791 use @option{enable} see these errors reported.
1792 @end deffn
1793
1794 @anchor{Event Polling}
1795 @section Event Polling
1796
1797 Hardware debuggers are parts of asynchronous systems,
1798 where significant events can happen at any time.
1799 The OpenOCD server needs to detect some of these events,
1800 so it can report them to through TCL command line
1801 or to GDB.
1802
1803 Examples of such events include:
1804
1805 @itemize
1806 @item One of the targets can stop running ... maybe it triggers
1807 a code breakpoint or data watchpoint, or halts itself.
1808 @item Messages may be sent over ``debug message'' channels ... many
1809 targets support such messages sent over JTAG,
1810 for receipt by the person debugging or tools.
1811 @item Loss of power ... some adapters can detect these events.
1812 @item Resets not issued through JTAG ... such reset sources
1813 can include button presses or other system hardware, sometimes
1814 including the target itself (perhaps through a watchdog).
1815 @item Debug instrumentation sometimes supports event triggering
1816 such as ``trace buffer full'' (so it can quickly be emptied)
1817 or other signals (to correlate with code behavior).
1818 @end itemize
1819
1820 None of those events are signaled through standard JTAG signals.
1821 However, most conventions for JTAG connectors include voltage
1822 level and system reset (SRST) signal detection.
1823 Some connectors also include instrumentation signals, which
1824 can imply events when those signals are inputs.
1825
1826 In general, OpenOCD needs to periodically check for those events,
1827 either by looking at the status of signals on the JTAG connector
1828 or by sending synchronous ``tell me your status'' JTAG requests
1829 to the various active targets.
1830 There is a command to manage and monitor that polling,
1831 which is normally done in the background.
1832
1833 @deffn Command poll [@option{on}|@option{off}]
1834 Poll the current target for its current state.
1835 (Also, @pxref{target curstate}.)
1836 If that target is in debug mode, architecture
1837 specific information about the current state is printed.
1838 An optional parameter
1839 allows background polling to be enabled and disabled.
1840
1841 You could use this from the TCL command shell, or
1842 from GDB using @command{monitor poll} command.
1843 Leave background polling enabled while you're using GDB.
1844 @example
1845 > poll
1846 background polling: on
1847 target state: halted
1848 target halted in ARM state due to debug-request, \
1849 current mode: Supervisor
1850 cpsr: 0x800000d3 pc: 0x11081bfc
1851 MMU: disabled, D-Cache: disabled, I-Cache: enabled
1852 >
1853 @end example
1854 @end deffn
1855
1856 @node Interface - Dongle Configuration
1857 @chapter Interface - Dongle Configuration
1858 @cindex config file, interface
1859 @cindex interface config file
1860
1861 JTAG Adapters/Interfaces/Dongles are normally configured
1862 through commands in an interface configuration
1863 file which is sourced by your @file{openocd.cfg} file, or
1864 through a command line @option{-f interface/....cfg} option.
1865
1866 @example
1867 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
1868 @end example
1869
1870 These commands tell
1871 OpenOCD what type of JTAG adapter you have, and how to talk to it.
1872 A few cases are so simple that you only need to say what driver to use:
1873
1874 @example
1875 # jlink interface
1876 interface jlink
1877 @end example
1878
1879 Most adapters need a bit more configuration than that.
1880
1881
1882 @section Interface Configuration
1883
1884 The interface command tells OpenOCD what type of JTAG dongle you are
1885 using. Depending on the type of dongle, you may need to have one or
1886 more additional commands.
1887
1888 @deffn {Config Command} {interface} name
1889 Use the interface driver @var{name} to connect to the
1890 target.
1891 @end deffn
1892
1893 @deffn Command {interface_list}
1894 List the interface drivers that have been built into
1895 the running copy of OpenOCD.
1896 @end deffn
1897
1898 @deffn Command {jtag interface}
1899 Returns the name of the interface driver being used.
1900 @end deffn
1901
1902 @section Interface Drivers
1903
1904 Each of the interface drivers listed here must be explicitly
1905 enabled when OpenOCD is configured, in order to be made
1906 available at run time.
1907
1908 @deffn {Interface Driver} {amt_jtagaccel}
1909 Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
1910 connected to a PC's EPP mode parallel port.
1911 This defines some driver-specific commands:
1912
1913 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} number
1914 Specifies either the address of the I/O port (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or
1915 the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
1916 @end deffn
1917
1918 @deffn {Config Command} rtck [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
1919 Displays status of RTCK option.
1920 Optionally sets that option first.
1921 @end deffn
1922 @end deffn
1923
1924 @deffn {Interface Driver} {arm-jtag-ew}
1925 Olimex ARM-JTAG-EW USB adapter
1926 This has one driver-specific command:
1927
1928 @deffn Command {armjtagew_info}
1929 Logs some status
1930 @end deffn
1931 @end deffn
1932
1933 @deffn {Interface Driver} {at91rm9200}
1934 Supports bitbanged JTAG from the local system,
1935 presuming that system is an Atmel AT91rm9200
1936 and a specific set of GPIOs is used.
1937 @c command: at91rm9200_device NAME
1938 @c chooses among list of bit configs ... only one option
1939 @end deffn
1940
1941 @deffn {Interface Driver} {dummy}
1942 A dummy software-only driver for debugging.
1943 @end deffn
1944
1945 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ep93xx}
1946 Cirrus Logic EP93xx based single-board computer bit-banging (in development)
1947 @end deffn
1948
1949 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ft2232}
1950 FTDI FT2232 (USB) based devices over one of the userspace libraries.
1951 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
1952 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
1953
1954 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_device_desc} description
1955 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
1956 of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not
1957 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
1958 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
1959 @end deffn
1960
1961 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_serial} serial-number
1962 Specifies the @var{serial-number} of the FTDI FT2232 device to use,
1963 in case the vendor provides unique IDs and more than one FT2232 device
1964 is connected to the host.
1965 If not specified, serial numbers are not considered.
1966 (Note that USB serial numbers can be arbitrary Unicode strings,
1967 and are not restricted to containing only decimal digits.)
1968 @end deffn
1969
1970 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_layout} name
1971 Each vendor's FT2232 device can use different GPIO signals
1972 to control output-enables, reset signals, and LEDs.
1973 Currently valid layout @var{name} values include:
1974 @itemize @minus
1975 @item @b{axm0432_jtag} Axiom AXM-0432
1976 @item @b{comstick} Hitex STR9 comstick
1977 @item @b{cortino} Hitex Cortino JTAG interface
1978 @item @b{evb_lm3s811} Luminary Micro EVB_LM3S811 as a JTAG interface,
1979 either for the local Cortex-M3 (SRST only)
1980 or in a passthrough mode (neither SRST nor TRST)
1981 This layout can not support the SWO trace mechanism, and should be
1982 used only for older boards (before rev C).
1983 @item @b{luminary_icdi} This layout should be used with most Luminary
1984 eval boards, including Rev C LM3S811 eval boards and the eponymous
1985 ICDI boards, to debug either the local Cortex-M3 or in passthrough mode
1986 to debug some other target. It can support the SWO trace mechanism.
1987 @item @b{flyswatter} Tin Can Tools Flyswatter
1988 @item @b{icebear} ICEbear JTAG adapter from Section 5
1989 @item @b{jtagkey} Amontec JTAGkey and JTAGkey-Tiny (and compatibles)
1990 @item @b{jtagkey2} Amontec JTAGkey2 (and compatibles)
1991 @item @b{m5960} American Microsystems M5960
1992 @item @b{olimex-jtag} Olimex ARM-USB-OCD and ARM-USB-Tiny
1993 @item @b{oocdlink} OOCDLink
1994 @c oocdlink ~= jtagkey_prototype_v1
1995 @item @b{sheevaplug} Marvell Sheevaplug development kit
1996 @item @b{signalyzer} Xverve Signalyzer
1997 @item @b{stm32stick} Hitex STM32 Performance Stick
1998 @item @b{turtelizer2} egnite Software turtelizer2
1999 @item @b{usbjtag} "USBJTAG-1" layout described in the OpenOCD diploma thesis
2000 @end itemize
2001 @end deffn
2002
2003 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_vid_pid} [vid pid]+
2004 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not specified, the FTDI
2005 default values are used.
2006 Currently, up to eight [@var{vid}, @var{pid}] pairs may be given, e.g.
2007 @example
2008 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xcff8 0x15ba 0x0003
2009 @end example
2010 @end deffn
2011
2012 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_latency} ms
2013 On some systems using FT2232 based JTAG interfaces the FT_Read function call in
2014 ft2232_read() fails to return the expected number of bytes. This can be caused by
2015 USB communication delays and has proved hard to reproduce and debug. Setting the
2016 FT2232 latency timer to a larger value increases delays for short USB packets but it
2017 also reduces the risk of timeouts before receiving the expected number of bytes.
2018 The OpenOCD default value is 2 and for some systems a value of 10 has proved useful.
2019 @end deffn
2020
2021 For example, the interface config file for a
2022 Turtelizer JTAG Adapter looks something like this:
2023
2024 @example
2025 interface ft2232
2026 ft2232_device_desc "Turtelizer JTAG/RS232 Adapter"
2027 ft2232_layout turtelizer2
2028 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xbdc8
2029 @end example
2030 @end deffn
2031
2032 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usb_blaster}
2033 USB JTAG/USB-Blaster compatibles over one of the userspace libraries
2034 for FTDI chips. These interfaces have several commands, used to
2035 configure the driver before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2036
2037 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_device_desc} description
2038 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2039 of the FTDI FT245 device. If not
2040 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2041 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2042 @end deffn
2043
2044 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_vid_pid} vid pid
2045 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT245 device. If not specified,
2046 default values are used.
2047 Currently, only one @var{vid}, @var{pid} pair may be given, e.g. for
2048 Altera USB-Blaster (default):
2049 @example
2050 ft2232_vid_pid 0x09FB 0x6001
2051 @end example
2052 The following VID/PID is for Kolja Waschk's USB JTAG:
2053 @example
2054 ft2232_vid_pid 0x16C0 0x06AD
2055 @end example
2056 @end deffn
2057
2058 @deffn {Command} {usb_blaster} (@option{pin6}|@option{pin8}) (@option{0}|@option{1})
2059 Sets the state of the unused GPIO pins on USB-Blasters (pins 6 and 8 on the
2060 female JTAG header). These pins can be used as SRST and/or TRST provided the
2061 appropriate connections are made on the target board.
2062
2063 For example, to use pin 6 as SRST (as with an AVR board):
2064 @example
2065 $_TARGETNAME configure -event reset-assert \
2066 "usb_blaster pin6 1; wait 1; usb_blaster pin6 0"
2067 @end example
2068 @end deffn
2069
2070 @end deffn
2071
2072 @deffn {Interface Driver} {gw16012}
2073 Gateworks GW16012 JTAG programmer.
2074 This has one driver-specific command:
2075
2076 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} number
2077 Specifies either the address of the I/O port (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or
2078 the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2079 @end deffn
2080 @end deffn
2081
2082 @deffn {Interface Driver} {jlink}
2083 Segger jlink USB adapter
2084 @c command: jlink_info
2085 @c dumps status
2086 @c command: jlink_hw_jtag (2|3)
2087 @c sets version 2 or 3
2088 @end deffn
2089
2090 @deffn {Interface Driver} {parport}
2091 Supports PC parallel port bit-banging cables:
2092 Wigglers, PLD download cable, and more.
2093 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2094 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2095
2096 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_cable} name
2097 The layout of the parallel port cable used to connect to the target.
2098 Currently valid cable @var{name} values include:
2099
2100 @itemize @minus
2101 @item @b{altium} Altium Universal JTAG cable.
2102 @item @b{arm-jtag} Same as original wiggler except SRST and
2103 TRST connections reversed and TRST is also inverted.
2104 @item @b{chameleon} The Amontec Chameleon's CPLD when operated
2105 in configuration mode. This is only used to
2106 program the Chameleon itself, not a connected target.
2107 @item @b{dlc5} The Xilinx Parallel cable III.
2108 @item @b{flashlink} The ST Parallel cable.
2109 @item @b{lattice} Lattice ispDOWNLOAD Cable
2110 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler} The Wiggler configuration that comes with
2111 some versions of
2112 Amontec's Chameleon Programmer. The new version available from
2113 the website uses the original Wiggler layout ('@var{wiggler}')
2114 @item @b{triton} The parallel port adapter found on the
2115 ``Karo Triton 1 Development Board''.
2116 This is also the layout used by the HollyGates design
2117 (see @uref{http://www.lartmaker.nl/projects/jtag/}).
2118 @item @b{wiggler} The original Wiggler layout, also supported by
2119 several clones, such as the Olimex ARM-JTAG
2120 @item @b{wiggler2} Same as original wiggler except an led is fitted on D5.
2121 @item @b{wiggler_ntrst_inverted} Same as original wiggler except TRST is inverted.
2122 @end itemize
2123 @end deffn
2124
2125 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} number
2126 Either the address of the I/O port (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of
2127 the @file{/dev/parport} device
2128
2129 When using PPDEV to access the parallel port, use the number of the parallel port:
2130 @option{parport_port 0} (the default). If @option{parport_port 0x378} is specified
2131 you may encounter a problem.
2132 @end deffn
2133
2134 @deffn Command {parport_toggling_time} [nanoseconds]
2135 Displays how many nanoseconds the hardware needs to toggle TCK;
2136 the parport driver uses this value to obey the
2137 @command{jtag_khz} configuration.
2138 When the optional @var{nanoseconds} parameter is given,
2139 that setting is changed before displaying the current value.
2140
2141 The default setting should work reasonably well on commodity PC hardware.
2142 However, you may want to calibrate for your specific hardware.
2143 @quotation Tip
2144 To measure the toggling time with a logic analyzer or a digital storage
2145 oscilloscope, follow the procedure below:
2146 @example
2147 > parport_toggling_time 1000
2148 > jtag_khz 500
2149 @end example
2150 This sets the maximum JTAG clock speed of the hardware, but
2151 the actual speed probably deviates from the requested 500 kHz.
2152 Now, measure the time between the two closest spaced TCK transitions.
2153 You can use @command{runtest 1000} or something similar to generate a
2154 large set of samples.
2155 Update the setting to match your measurement:
2156 @example
2157 > parport_toggling_time <measured nanoseconds>
2158 @end example
2159 Now the clock speed will be a better match for @command{jtag_khz rate}
2160 commands given in OpenOCD scripts and event handlers.
2161
2162 You can do something similar with many digital multimeters, but note
2163 that you'll probably need to run the clock continuously for several
2164 seconds before it decides what clock rate to show. Adjust the
2165 toggling time up or down until the measured clock rate is a good
2166 match for the jtag_khz rate you specified; be conservative.
2167 @end quotation
2168 @end deffn
2169
2170 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_write_on_exit} (on|off)
2171 This will configure the parallel driver to write a known
2172 cable-specific value to the parallel interface on exiting OpenOCD
2173 @end deffn
2174
2175 For example, the interface configuration file for a
2176 classic ``Wiggler'' cable might look something like this:
2177
2178 @example
2179 interface parport
2180 parport_port 0xc8b8
2181 parport_cable wiggler
2182 @end example
2183 @end deffn
2184
2185 @deffn {Interface Driver} {presto}
2186 ASIX PRESTO USB JTAG programmer.
2187 @c command: presto_serial str
2188 @c sets serial number
2189 @end deffn
2190
2191 @deffn {Interface Driver} {rlink}
2192 Raisonance RLink USB adapter
2193 @end deffn
2194
2195 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usbprog}
2196 usbprog is a freely programmable USB adapter.
2197 @end deffn
2198
2199 @deffn {Interface Driver} {vsllink}
2200 vsllink is part of Versaloon which is a versatile USB programmer.
2201
2202 @quotation Note
2203 This defines quite a few driver-specific commands,
2204 which are not currently documented here.
2205 @end quotation
2206 @end deffn
2207
2208 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ZY1000}
2209 This is the Zylin ZY1000 JTAG debugger.
2210
2211 @quotation Note
2212 This defines some driver-specific commands,
2213 which are not currently documented here.
2214 @end quotation
2215
2216 @deffn Command power [@option{on}|@option{off}]
2217 Turn power switch to target on/off.
2218 No arguments: print status.
2219 @end deffn
2220
2221 @end deffn
2222
2223 @anchor{JTAG Speed}
2224 @section JTAG Speed
2225 JTAG clock setup is part of system setup.
2226 It @emph{does not belong with interface setup} since any interface
2227 only knows a few of the constraints for the JTAG clock speed.
2228 Sometimes the JTAG speed is
2229 changed during the target initialization process: (1) slow at
2230 reset, (2) program the CPU clocks, (3) run fast.
2231 Both the "slow" and "fast" clock rates are functions of the
2232 oscillators used, the chip, the board design, and sometimes
2233 power management software that may be active.
2234
2235 The speed used during reset, and the scan chain verification which
2236 follows reset, can be adjusted using a @code{reset-start}
2237 target event handler.
2238 It can then be reconfigured to a faster speed by a
2239 @code{reset-init} target event handler after it reprograms those
2240 CPU clocks, or manually (if something else, such as a boot loader,
2241 sets up those clocks).
2242 @xref{Target Events}.
2243 When the initial low JTAG speed is a chip characteristic, perhaps
2244 because of a required oscillator speed, provide such a handler
2245 in the target config file.
2246 When that speed is a function of a board-specific characteristic
2247 such as which speed oscillator is used, it belongs in the board
2248 config file instead.
2249 In both cases it's safest to also set the initial JTAG clock rate
2250 to that same slow speed, so that OpenOCD never starts up using a
2251 clock speed that's faster than the scan chain can support.
2252
2253 @example
2254 jtag_rclk 3000
2255 $_TARGET.cpu configure -event reset-start @{ jtag_rclk 3000 @}
2256 @end example
2257
2258 If your system supports adaptive clocking (RTCK), configuring
2259 JTAG to use that is probably the most robust approach.
2260 However, it introduces delays to synchronize clocks; so it
2261 may not be the fastest solution.
2262
2263 @b{NOTE:} Script writers should consider using @command{jtag_rclk}
2264 instead of @command{jtag_khz}.
2265
2266 @deffn {Command} jtag_khz max_speed_kHz
2267 A non-zero speed is in KHZ. Hence: 3000 is 3mhz.
2268 JTAG interfaces usually support a limited number of
2269 speeds. The speed actually used won't be faster
2270 than the speed specified.
2271
2272 Chip data sheets generally include a top JTAG clock rate.
2273 The actual rate is often a function of a CPU core clock,
2274 and is normally less than that peak rate.
2275 For example, most ARM cores accept at most one sixth of the CPU clock.
2276
2277 Speed 0 (khz) selects RTCK method.
2278 @xref{FAQ RTCK}.
2279 If your system uses RTCK, you won't need to change the
2280 JTAG clocking after setup.
2281 Not all interfaces, boards, or targets support ``rtck''.
2282 If the interface device can not
2283 support it, an error is returned when you try to use RTCK.
2284 @end deffn
2285
2286 @defun jtag_rclk fallback_speed_kHz
2287 @cindex adaptive clocking
2288 @cindex RTCK
2289 This Tcl proc (defined in @file{startup.tcl}) attempts to enable RTCK/RCLK.
2290 If that fails (maybe the interface, board, or target doesn't
2291 support it), falls back to the specified frequency.
2292 @example
2293 # Fall back to 3mhz if RTCK is not supported
2294 jtag_rclk 3000
2295 @end example
2296 @end defun
2297
2298 @node Reset Configuration
2299 @chapter Reset Configuration
2300 @cindex Reset Configuration
2301
2302 Every system configuration may require a different reset
2303 configuration. This can also be quite confusing.
2304 Resets also interact with @var{reset-init} event handlers,
2305 which do things like setting up clocks and DRAM, and
2306 JTAG clock rates. (@xref{JTAG Speed}.)
2307 They can also interact with JTAG routers.
2308 Please see the various board files for examples.
2309
2310 @quotation Note
2311 To maintainers and integrators:
2312 Reset configuration touches several things at once.
2313 Normally the board configuration file
2314 should define it and assume that the JTAG adapter supports
2315 everything that's wired up to the board's JTAG connector.
2316
2317 However, the target configuration file could also make note
2318 of something the silicon vendor has done inside the chip,
2319 which will be true for most (or all) boards using that chip.
2320 And when the JTAG adapter doesn't support everything, the
2321 user configuration file will need to override parts of
2322 the reset configuration provided by other files.
2323 @end quotation
2324
2325 @section Types of Reset
2326
2327 There are many kinds of reset possible through JTAG, but
2328 they may not all work with a given board and adapter.
2329 That's part of why reset configuration can be error prone.
2330
2331 @itemize @bullet
2332 @item
2333 @emph{System Reset} ... the @emph{SRST} hardware signal
2334 resets all chips connected to the JTAG adapter, such as processors,
2335 power management chips, and I/O controllers. Normally resets triggered
2336 with this signal behave exactly like pressing a RESET button.
2337 @item
2338 @emph{JTAG TAP Reset} ... the @emph{TRST} hardware signal resets
2339 just the TAP controllers connected to the JTAG adapter.
2340 Such resets should not be visible to the rest of the system; resetting a
2341 device's the TAP controller just puts that controller into a known state.
2342 @item
2343 @emph{Emulation Reset} ... many devices can be reset through JTAG
2344 commands. These resets are often distinguishable from system
2345 resets, either explicitly (a "reset reason" register says so)
2346 or implicitly (not all parts of the chip get reset).
2347 @item
2348 @emph{Other Resets} ... system-on-chip devices often support
2349 several other types of reset.
2350 You may need to arrange that a watchdog timer stops
2351 while debugging, preventing a watchdog reset.
2352 There may be individual module resets.
2353 @end itemize
2354
2355 In the best case, OpenOCD can hold SRST, then reset
2356 the TAPs via TRST and send commands through JTAG to halt the
2357 CPU at the reset vector before the 1st instruction is executed.
2358 Then when it finally releases the SRST signal, the system is
2359 halted under debugger control before any code has executed.
2360 This is the behavior required to support the @command{reset halt}
2361 and @command{reset init} commands; after @command{reset init} a
2362 board-specific script might do things like setting up DRAM.
2363 (@xref{Reset Command}.)
2364
2365 @anchor{SRST and TRST Issues}
2366 @section SRST and TRST Issues
2367
2368 Because SRST and TRST are hardware signals, they can have a
2369 variety of system-specific constraints. Some of the most
2370 common issues are:
2371
2372 @itemize @bullet
2373
2374 @item @emph{Signal not available} ... Some boards don't wire
2375 SRST or TRST to the JTAG connector. Some JTAG adapters don't
2376 support such signals even if they are wired up.
2377 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{signals} options to say
2378 when either of those signals is not connected.
2379 When SRST is not available, your code might not be able to rely
2380 on controllers having been fully reset during code startup.
2381 Missing TRST is not a problem, since JTAG level resets can
2382 be triggered using with TMS signaling.
2383
2384 @item @emph{Signals shorted} ... Sometimes a chip, board, or
2385 adapter will connect SRST to TRST, instead of keeping them separate.
2386 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{combination} options to say
2387 when those signals aren't properly independent.
2388
2389 @item @emph{Timing} ... Reset circuitry like a resistor/capacitor
2390 delay circuit, reset supervisor, or on-chip features can extend
2391 the effect of a JTAG adapter's reset for some time after the adapter
2392 stops issuing the reset. For example, there may be chip or board
2393 requirements that all reset pulses last for at least a
2394 certain amount of time; and reset buttons commonly have
2395 hardware debouncing.
2396 Use the @command{jtag_nsrst_delay} and @command{jtag_ntrst_delay}
2397 commands to say when extra delays are needed.
2398
2399 @item @emph{Drive type} ... Reset lines often have a pullup
2400 resistor, letting the JTAG interface treat them as open-drain
2401 signals. But that's not a requirement, so the adapter may need
2402 to use push/pull output drivers.
2403 Also, with weak pullups it may be advisable to drive
2404 signals to both levels (push/pull) to minimize rise times.
2405 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{trst_type} and
2406 @var{srst_type} parameters to say how to drive reset signals.
2407
2408 @item @emph{Special initialization} ... Targets sometimes need
2409 special JTAG initialization sequences to handle chip-specific
2410 issues (not limited to errata).
2411 For example, certain JTAG commands might need to be issued while
2412 the system as a whole is in a reset state (SRST active)
2413 but the JTAG scan chain is usable (TRST inactive).
2414 Many systems treat combined assertion of SRST and TRST as a
2415 trigger for a harder reset than SRST alone.
2416 Such custom reset handling is discussed later in this chapter.
2417 @end itemize
2418
2419 There can also be other issues.
2420 Some devices don't fully conform to the JTAG specifications.
2421 Trivial system-specific differences are common, such as
2422 SRST and TRST using slightly different names.
2423 There are also vendors who distribute key JTAG documentation for
2424 their chips only to developers who have signed a Non-Disclosure
2425 Agreement (NDA).
2426
2427 Sometimes there are chip-specific extensions like a requirement to use
2428 the normally-optional TRST signal (precluding use of JTAG adapters which
2429 don't pass TRST through), or needing extra steps to complete a TAP reset.
2430
2431 In short, SRST and especially TRST handling may be very finicky,
2432 needing to cope with both architecture and board specific constraints.
2433
2434 @section Commands for Handling Resets
2435
2436 @deffn {Command} jtag_nsrst_assert_width milliseconds
2437 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
2438 after asserting nSRST (active-low system reset) before
2439 allowing it to be deasserted.
2440 @end deffn
2441
2442 @deffn {Command} jtag_nsrst_delay milliseconds
2443 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
2444 nSRST (active-low system reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
2445 When a board has a reset button connected to SRST line it will
2446 probably have hardware debouncing, implying you should use this.
2447 @end deffn
2448
2449 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_assert_width milliseconds
2450 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
2451 after asserting nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before
2452 allowing it to be deasserted.
2453 @end deffn
2454
2455 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_delay milliseconds
2456 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
2457 nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
2458 @end deffn
2459
2460 @deffn {Command} reset_config mode_flag ...
2461 This command displays or modifies the reset configuration
2462 of your combination of JTAG board and target in target
2463 configuration scripts.
2464
2465 Information earlier in this section describes the kind of problems
2466 the command is intended to address (@pxref{SRST and TRST Issues}).
2467 As a rule this command belongs only in board config files,
2468 describing issues like @emph{board doesn't connect TRST};
2469 or in user config files, addressing limitations derived
2470 from a particular combination of interface and board.
2471 (An unlikely example would be using a TRST-only adapter
2472 with a board that only wires up SRST.)
2473
2474 The @var{mode_flag} options can be specified in any order, but only one
2475 of each type -- @var{signals}, @var{combination},
2476 @var{gates},
2477 @var{trst_type},
2478 and @var{srst_type} -- may be specified at a time.
2479 If you don't provide a new value for a given type, its previous
2480 value (perhaps the default) is unchanged.
2481 For example, this means that you don't need to say anything at all about
2482 TRST just to declare that if the JTAG adapter should want to drive SRST,
2483 it must explicitly be driven high (@option{srst_push_pull}).
2484
2485 @itemize
2486 @item
2487 @var{signals} can specify which of the reset signals are connected.
2488 For example, If the JTAG interface provides SRST, but the board doesn't
2489 connect that signal properly, then OpenOCD can't use it.
2490 Possible values are @option{none} (the default), @option{trst_only},
2491 @option{srst_only} and @option{trst_and_srst}.
2492
2493 @quotation Tip
2494 If your board provides SRST and/or TRST through the JTAG connector,
2495 you must declare that so those signals can be used.
2496 @end quotation
2497
2498 @item
2499 The @var{combination} is an optional value specifying broken reset
2500 signal implementations.
2501 The default behaviour if no option given is @option{separate},
2502 indicating everything behaves normally.
2503 @option{srst_pulls_trst} states that the
2504 test logic is reset together with the reset of the system (e.g. NXP
2505 LPC2000, "broken" board layout), @option{trst_pulls_srst} says that
2506 the system is reset together with the test logic (only hypothetical, I
2507 haven't seen hardware with such a bug, and can be worked around).
2508 @option{combined} implies both @option{srst_pulls_trst} and
2509 @option{trst_pulls_srst}.
2510
2511 @item
2512 The @var{gates} tokens control flags that describe some cases where
2513 JTAG may be unvailable during reset.
2514 @option{srst_gates_jtag} (default)
2515 indicates that asserting SRST gates the
2516 JTAG clock. This means that no communication can happen on JTAG
2517 while SRST is asserted.
2518 Its converse is @option{srst_nogate}, indicating that JTAG commands
2519 can safely be issued while SRST is active.
2520 @end itemize
2521
2522 The optional @var{trst_type} and @var{srst_type} parameters allow the
2523 driver mode of each reset line to be specified. These values only affect
2524 JTAG interfaces with support for different driver modes, like the Amontec
2525 JTAGkey and JTAG Accelerator. Also, they are necessarily ignored if the
2526 relevant signal (TRST or SRST) is not connected.
2527
2528 @itemize
2529 @item
2530 Possible @var{trst_type} driver modes for the test reset signal (TRST)
2531 are the default @option{trst_push_pull}, and @option{trst_open_drain}.
2532 Most boards connect this signal to a pulldown, so the JTAG TAPs
2533 never leave reset unless they are hooked up to a JTAG adapter.
2534
2535 @item
2536 Possible @var{srst_type} driver modes for the system reset signal (SRST)
2537 are the default @option{srst_open_drain}, and @option{srst_push_pull}.
2538 Most boards connect this signal to a pullup, and allow the
2539 signal to be pulled low by various events including system
2540 powerup and pressing a reset button.
2541 @end itemize
2542 @end deffn
2543
2544 @section Custom Reset Handling
2545 @cindex events
2546
2547 OpenOCD has several ways to help support the various reset
2548 mechanisms provided by chip and board vendors.
2549 The commands shown in the previous section give standard parameters.
2550 There are also @emph{event handlers} associated with TAPs or Targets.
2551 Those handlers are Tcl procedures you can provide, which are invoked
2552 at particular points in the reset sequence.
2553
2554 @emph{When SRST is not an option} you must set
2555 up a @code{reset-assert} event handler for your target.
2556 For example, some JTAG adapters don't include the SRST signal;
2557 and some boards have multiple targets, and you won't always
2558 want to reset everything at once.
2559
2560 After configuring those mechanisms, you might still
2561 find your board doesn't start up or reset correctly.
2562 For example, maybe it needs a slightly different sequence
2563 of SRST and/or TRST manipulations, because of quirks that
2564 the @command{reset_config} mechanism doesn't address;
2565 or asserting both might trigger a stronger reset, which
2566 needs special attention.
2567
2568 Experiment with lower level operations, such as @command{jtag_reset}
2569 and the @command{jtag arp_*} operations shown here,
2570 to find a sequence of operations that works.
2571 @xref{JTAG Commands}.
2572 When you find a working sequence, it can be used to override
2573 @command{jtag_init}, which fires during OpenOCD startup
2574 (@pxref{Configuration Stage});
2575 or @command{init_reset}, which fires during reset processing.
2576
2577 You might also want to provide some project-specific reset
2578 schemes. For example, on a multi-target board the standard
2579 @command{reset} command would reset all targets, but you
2580 may need the ability to reset only one target at time and
2581 thus want to avoid using the board-wide SRST signal.
2582
2583 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} init_reset mode
2584 This is invoked near the beginning of the @command{reset} command,
2585 usually to provide as much of a cold (power-up) reset as practical.
2586 By default it is also invoked from @command{jtag_init} if
2587 the scan chain does not respond to pure JTAG operations.
2588 The @var{mode} parameter is the parameter given to the
2589 low level reset command (@option{halt},
2590 @option{init}, or @option{run}), @option{setup},
2591 or potentially some other value.
2592
2593 The default implementation just invokes @command{jtag arp_init-reset}.
2594 Replacements will normally build on low level JTAG
2595 operations such as @command{jtag_reset}.
2596 Operations here must not address individual TAPs
2597 (or their associated targets)
2598 until the JTAG scan chain has first been verified to work.
2599
2600 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
2601 they return.
2602 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
2603 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
2604 @end deffn
2605
2606 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init}
2607 This validates the scan chain using just the four
2608 standard JTAG signals (TMS, TCK, TDI, TDO).
2609 It starts by issuing a JTAG-only reset.
2610 Then it performs checks to verify that the scan chain configuration
2611 matches the TAPs it can observe.
2612 Those checks include checking IDCODE values for each active TAP,
2613 and verifying the length of their instruction registers using
2614 TAP @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} values.
2615 If these tests all pass, TAP @code{setup} events are
2616 issued to all TAPs with handlers for that event.
2617 @end deffn
2618
2619 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init-reset}
2620 This uses TRST and SRST to try resetting
2621 everything on the JTAG scan chain
2622 (and anything else connected to SRST).
2623 It then invokes the logic of @command{jtag arp_init}.
2624 @end deffn
2625
2626
2627 @node TAP Declaration
2628 @chapter TAP Declaration
2629 @cindex TAP declaration
2630 @cindex TAP configuration
2631
2632 @emph{Test Access Ports} (TAPs) are the core of JTAG.
2633 TAPs serve many roles, including:
2634
2635 @itemize @bullet
2636 @item @b{Debug Target} A CPU TAP can be used as a GDB debug target
2637 @item @b{Flash Programing} Some chips program the flash directly via JTAG.
2638 Others do it indirectly, making a CPU do it.
2639 @item @b{Program Download} Using the same CPU support GDB uses,
2640 you can initialize a DRAM controller, download code to DRAM, and then
2641 start running that code.
2642 @item @b{Boundary Scan} Most chips support boundary scan, which
2643 helps test for board assembly problems like solder bridges
2644 and missing connections
2645 @end itemize
2646
2647 OpenOCD must know about the active TAPs on your board(s).
2648 Setting up the TAPs is the core task of your configuration files.
2649 Once those TAPs are set up, you can pass their names to code
2650 which sets up CPUs and exports them as GDB targets,
2651 probes flash memory, performs low-level JTAG operations, and more.
2652
2653 @section Scan Chains
2654 @cindex scan chain
2655
2656 TAPs are part of a hardware @dfn{scan chain},
2657 which is daisy chain of TAPs.
2658 They also need to be added to
2659 OpenOCD's software mirror of that hardware list,
2660 giving each member a name and associating other data with it.
2661 Simple scan chains, with a single TAP, are common in
2662 systems with a single microcontroller or microprocessor.
2663 More complex chips may have several TAPs internally.
2664 Very complex scan chains might have a dozen or more TAPs:
2665 several in one chip, more in the next, and connecting
2666 to other boards with their own chips and TAPs.
2667
2668 You can display the list with the @command{scan_chain} command.
2669 (Don't confuse this with the list displayed by the @command{targets}
2670 command, presented in the next chapter.
2671 That only displays TAPs for CPUs which are configured as
2672 debugging targets.)
2673 Here's what the scan chain might look like for a chip more than one TAP:
2674
2675 @verbatim
2676 TapName Enabled IdCode Expected IrLen IrCap IrMask
2677 -- ------------------ ------- ---------- ---------- ----- ----- ------
2678 0 omap5912.dsp Y 0x03df1d81 0x03df1d81 38 0x01 0x03
2679 1 omap5912.arm Y 0x0692602f 0x0692602f 4 0x01 0x0f
2680 2 omap5912.unknown Y 0x00000000 0x00000000 8 0x01 0x03
2681 @end verbatim
2682
2683 OpenOCD can detect some of that information, but not all
2684 of it. @xref{Autoprobing}.
2685 Unfortunately those TAPs can't always be autoconfigured,
2686 because not all devices provide good support for that.
2687 JTAG doesn't require supporting IDCODE instructions, and
2688 chips with JTAG routers may not link TAPs into the chain
2689 until they are told to do so.
2690
2691 The configuration mechanism currently supported by OpenOCD
2692 requires explicit configuration of all TAP devices using
2693 @command{jtag newtap} commands, as detailed later in this chapter.
2694 A command like this would declare one tap and name it @code{chip1.cpu}:
2695
2696 @example
2697 jtag newtap chip1 cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id 0x3ba00477
2698 @end example
2699
2700 Each target configuration file lists the TAPs provided
2701 by a given chip.
2702 Board configuration files combine all the targets on a board,
2703 and so forth.
2704 Note that @emph{the order in which TAPs are declared is very important.}
2705 It must match the order in the JTAG scan chain, both inside
2706 a single chip and between them.
2707 @xref{FAQ TAP Order}.
2708
2709 For example, the ST Microsystems STR912 chip has
2710 three separate TAPs@footnote{See the ST
2711 document titled: @emph{STR91xFAxxx, Section 3.15 Jtag Interface, Page:
2712 28/102, Figure 3: JTAG chaining inside the STR91xFA}.
2713 @url{http://eu.st.com/stonline/products/literature/ds/13495.pdf}}.
2714 To configure those taps, @file{target/str912.cfg}
2715 includes commands something like this:
2716
2717 @example
2718 jtag newtap str912 flash ... params ...
2719 jtag newtap str912 cpu ... params ...
2720 jtag newtap str912 bs ... params ...
2721 @end example
2722
2723 Actual config files use a variable instead of literals like
2724 @option{str912}, to support more than one chip of each type.
2725 @xref{Config File Guidelines}.
2726
2727 @deffn Command {jtag names}
2728 Returns the names of all current TAPs in the scan chain.
2729 Use @command{jtag cget} or @command{jtag tapisenabled}
2730 to examine attributes and state of each TAP.
2731 @example
2732 foreach t [jtag names] @{
2733 puts [format "TAP: %s\n" $t]
2734 @}
2735 @end example
2736 @end deffn
2737
2738 @deffn Command {scan_chain}
2739 Displays the TAPs in the scan chain configuration,
2740 and their status.
2741 The set of TAPs listed by this command is fixed by
2742 exiting the OpenOCD configuration stage,
2743 but systems with a JTAG router can
2744 enable or disable TAPs dynamically.
2745 @end deffn
2746
2747 @c FIXME! "jtag cget" should be able to return all TAP
2748 @c attributes, like "$target_name cget" does for targets.
2749
2750 @c Probably want "jtag eventlist", and a "tap-reset" event
2751 @c (on entry to RESET state).
2752
2753 @section TAP Names
2754 @cindex dotted name
2755
2756 When TAP objects are declared with @command{jtag newtap},
2757 a @dfn{dotted.name} is created for the TAP, combining the
2758 name of a module (usually a chip) and a label for the TAP.
2759 For example: @code{xilinx.tap}, @code{str912.flash},
2760 @code{omap3530.jrc}, @code{dm6446.dsp}, or @code{stm32.cpu}.
2761 Many other commands use that dotted.name to manipulate or
2762 refer to the TAP. For example, CPU configuration uses the
2763 name, as does declaration of NAND or NOR flash banks.
2764
2765 The components of a dotted name should follow ``C'' symbol
2766 name rules: start with an alphabetic character, then numbers
2767 and underscores are OK; while others (including dots!) are not.
2768
2769 @quotation Tip
2770 In older code, JTAG TAPs were numbered from 0..N.
2771 This feature is still present.
2772 However its use is highly discouraged, and
2773 should not be relied on; it will be removed by mid-2010.
2774 Update all of your scripts to use TAP names rather than numbers,
2775 by paying attention to the runtime warnings they trigger.
2776 Using TAP numbers in target configuration scripts prevents
2777 reusing those scripts on boards with multiple targets.
2778 @end quotation
2779
2780 @section TAP Declaration Commands
2781
2782 @c shouldn't this be(come) a {Config Command}?
2783 @anchor{jtag newtap}
2784 @deffn Command {jtag newtap} chipname tapname configparams...
2785 Declares a new TAP with the dotted name @var{chipname}.@var{tapname},
2786 and configured according to the various @var{configparams}.
2787
2788 The @var{chipname} is a symbolic name for the chip.
2789 Conventionally target config files use @code{$_CHIPNAME},
2790 defaulting to the model name given by the chip vendor but
2791 overridable.
2792
2793 @cindex TAP naming convention
2794 The @var{tapname} reflects the role of that TAP,
2795 and should follow this convention:
2796
2797 @itemize @bullet
2798 @item @code{bs} -- For boundary scan if this is a seperate TAP;
2799 @item @code{cpu} -- The main CPU of the chip, alternatively
2800 @code{arm} and @code{dsp} on chips with both ARM and DSP CPUs,
2801 @code{arm1} and @code{arm2} on chips two ARMs, and so forth;
2802 @item @code{etb} -- For an embedded trace buffer (example: an ARM ETB11);
2803 @item @code{flash} -- If the chip has a flash TAP, like the str912;
2804 @item @code{jrc} -- For JTAG route controller (example: the ICEpick modules
2805 on many Texas Instruments chips, like the OMAP3530 on Beagleboards);
2806 @item @code{tap} -- Should be used only FPGA or CPLD like devices
2807 with a single TAP;
2808 @item @code{unknownN} -- If you have no idea what the TAP is for (N is a number);
2809 @item @emph{when in doubt} -- Use the chip maker's name in their data sheet.
2810 For example, the Freescale IMX31 has a SDMA (Smart DMA) with
2811 a JTAG TAP; that TAP should be named @code{sdma}.
2812 @end itemize
2813
2814 Every TAP requires at least the following @var{configparams}:
2815
2816 @itemize @bullet
2817 @item @code{-irlen} @var{NUMBER}
2818 @*The length in bits of the
2819 instruction register, such as 4 or 5 bits.
2820 @end itemize
2821
2822 A TAP may also provide optional @var{configparams}:
2823
2824 @itemize @bullet
2825 @item @code{-disable} (or @code{-enable})
2826 @*Use the @code{-disable} parameter to flag a TAP which is not
2827 linked in to the scan chain after a reset using either TRST
2828 or the JTAG state machine's @sc{reset} state.
2829 You may use @code{-enable} to highlight the default state
2830 (the TAP is linked in).
2831 @xref{Enabling and Disabling TAPs}.
2832 @item @code{-expected-id} @var{number}
2833 @*A non-zero @var{number} represents a 32-bit IDCODE
2834 which you expect to find when the scan chain is examined.
2835 These codes are not required by all JTAG devices.
2836 @emph{Repeat the option} as many times as required if more than one
2837 ID code could appear (for example, multiple versions).
2838 Specify @var{number} as zero to suppress warnings about IDCODE
2839 values that were found but not included in the list.
2840
2841 Provide this value if at all possible, since it lets OpenOCD
2842 tell when the scan chain it sees isn't right. These values
2843 are provided in vendors' chip documentation, usually a technical
2844 reference manual. Sometimes you may need to probe the JTAG
2845 hardware to find these values.
2846 @xref{Autoprobing}.
2847 @item @code{-ignore-version}
2848 @*Specify this to ignore the JTAG version field in the @code{-expected-id}
2849 option. When vendors put out multiple versions of a chip, or use the same
2850 JTAG-level ID for several largely-compatible chips, it may be more practical
2851 to ignore the version field than to update config files to handle all of
2852 the various chip IDs.
2853 @item @code{-ircapture} @var{NUMBER}
2854 @*The bit pattern loaded by the TAP into the JTAG shift register
2855 on entry to the @sc{ircapture} state, such as 0x01.
2856 JTAG requires the two LSBs of this value to be 01.
2857 By default, @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} are set
2858 up to verify that two-bit value. You may provide
2859 additional bits, if you know them, or indicate that
2860 a TAP doesn't conform to the JTAG specification.
2861 @item @code{-irmask} @var{NUMBER}
2862 @*A mask used with @code{-ircapture}
2863 to verify that instruction scans work correctly.
2864 Such scans are not used by OpenOCD except to verify that
2865 there seems to be no problems with JTAG scan chain operations.
2866 @end itemize
2867 @end deffn
2868
2869 @section Other TAP commands
2870
2871 @deffn Command {jtag cget} dotted.name @option{-event} name
2872 @deffnx Command {jtag configure} dotted.name @option{-event} name string
2873 At this writing this TAP attribute
2874 mechanism is used only for event handling.
2875 (It is not a direct analogue of the @code{cget}/@code{configure}
2876 mechanism for debugger targets.)
2877 See the next section for information about the available events.
2878
2879 The @code{configure} subcommand assigns an event handler,
2880 a TCL string which is evaluated when the event is triggered.
2881 The @code{cget} subcommand returns that handler.
2882 @end deffn
2883
2884 @anchor{TAP Events}
2885 @section TAP Events
2886 @cindex events
2887 @cindex TAP events
2888
2889 OpenOCD includes two event mechanisms.
2890 The one presented here applies to all JTAG TAPs.
2891 The other applies to debugger targets,
2892 which are associated with certain TAPs.
2893
2894 The TAP events currently defined are:
2895
2896 @itemize @bullet
2897 @item @b{post-reset}
2898 @* The TAP has just completed a JTAG reset.
2899 The tap may still be in the JTAG @sc{reset} state.
2900 Handlers for these events might perform initialization sequences
2901 such as issuing TCK cycles, TMS sequences to ensure
2902 exit from the ARM SWD mode, and more.
2903
2904 Because the scan chain has not yet been verified, handlers for these events
2905 @emph{should not issue commands which scan the JTAG IR or DR registers}
2906 of any particular target.
2907 @b{NOTE:} As this is written (September 2009), nothing prevents such access.
2908 @item @b{setup}
2909 @* The scan chain has been reset and verified.
2910 This handler may enable TAPs as needed.
2911 @item @b{tap-disable}
2912 @* The TAP needs to be disabled. This handler should
2913 implement @command{jtag tapdisable}
2914 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
2915 @item @b{tap-enable}
2916 @* The TAP needs to be enabled. This handler should
2917 implement @command{jtag tapenable}
2918 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
2919 @end itemize
2920
2921 If you need some action after each JTAG reset, which isn't actually
2922 specific to any TAP (since you can't yet trust the scan chain's
2923 contents to be accurate), you might:
2924
2925 @example
2926 jtag configure CHIP.jrc -event post-reset @{
2927 echo "JTAG Reset done"
2928 ... non-scan jtag operations to be done after reset
2929 @}
2930 @end example
2931
2932
2933 @anchor{Enabling and Disabling TAPs}
2934 @section Enabling and Disabling TAPs
2935 @cindex JTAG Route Controller
2936 @cindex jrc
2937
2938 In some systems, a @dfn{JTAG Route Controller} (JRC)
2939 is used to enable and/or disable specific JTAG TAPs.
2940 Many ARM based chips from Texas Instruments include
2941 an ``ICEpick'' module, which is a JRC.
2942 Such chips include DaVinci and OMAP3 processors.
2943
2944 A given TAP may not be visible until the JRC has been
2945 told to link it into the scan chain; and if the JRC
2946 has been told to unlink that TAP, it will no longer
2947 be visible.
2948 Such routers address problems that JTAG ``bypass mode''
2949 ignores, such as:
2950
2951 @itemize
2952 @item The scan chain can only go as fast as its slowest TAP.
2953 @item Having many TAPs slows instruction scans, since all
2954 TAPs receive new instructions.
2955 @item TAPs in the scan chain must be powered up, which wastes
2956 power and prevents debugging some power management mechanisms.
2957 @end itemize
2958
2959 The IEEE 1149.1 JTAG standard has no concept of a ``disabled'' tap,
2960 as implied by the existence of JTAG routers.
2961 However, the upcoming IEEE 1149.7 framework (layered on top of JTAG)
2962 does include a kind of JTAG router functionality.
2963
2964 @c (a) currently the event handlers don't seem to be able to
2965 @c fail in a way that could lead to no-change-of-state.
2966
2967 In OpenOCD, tap enabling/disabling is invoked by the Tcl commands
2968 shown below, and is implemented using TAP event handlers.
2969 So for example, when defining a TAP for a CPU connected to
2970 a JTAG router, your @file{target.cfg} file
2971 should define TAP event handlers using
2972 code that looks something like this:
2973
2974 @example
2975 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-enable @{
2976 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
2977 @}
2978 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-disable @{
2979 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
2980 @}
2981 @end example
2982
2983 Then you might want that CPU's TAP enabled almost all the time:
2984
2985 @example
2986 jtag configure $CHIP.jrc -event setup "jtag tapenable $CHIP.cpu"
2987 @end example
2988
2989 Note how that particular setup event handler declaration
2990 uses quotes to evaluate @code{$CHIP} when the event is configured.
2991 Using brackets @{ @} would cause it to be evaluated later,
2992 at runtime, when it might have a different value.
2993
2994 @deffn Command {jtag tapdisable} dotted.name
2995 If necessary, disables the tap
2996 by sending it a @option{tap-disable} event.
2997 Returns the string "1" if the tap
2998 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
2999 and "0" if it is disabled.
3000 @end deffn
3001
3002 @deffn Command {jtag tapenable} dotted.name
3003 If necessary, enables the tap
3004 by sending it a @option{tap-enable} event.
3005 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3006 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3007 and "0" if it is disabled.
3008 @end deffn
3009
3010 @deffn Command {jtag tapisenabled} dotted.name
3011 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3012 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3013 and "0" if it is disabled.
3014
3015 @quotation Note
3016 Humans will find the @command{scan_chain} command more helpful
3017 for querying the state of the JTAG taps.
3018 @end quotation
3019 @end deffn
3020
3021 @anchor{Autoprobing}
3022 @section Autoprobing
3023 @cindex autoprobe
3024 @cindex JTAG autoprobe
3025
3026 TAP configuration is the first thing that needs to be done
3027 after interface and reset configuration. Sometimes it's
3028 hard finding out what TAPs exist, or how they are identified.
3029 Vendor documentation is not always easy to find and use.
3030
3031 To help you get past such problems, OpenOCD has a limited
3032 @emph{autoprobing} ability to look at the scan chain, doing
3033 a @dfn{blind interrogation} and then reporting the TAPs it finds.
3034 To use this mechanism, start the OpenOCD server with only data
3035 that configures your JTAG interface, and arranges to come up
3036 with a slow clock (many devices don't support fast JTAG clocks
3037 right when they come out of reset).
3038
3039 For example, your @file{openocd.cfg} file might have:
3040
3041 @example
3042 source [find interface/olimex-arm-usb-tiny-h.cfg]
3043 reset_config trst_and_srst
3044 jtag_rclk 8
3045 @end example
3046
3047 When you start the server without any TAPs configured, it will
3048 attempt to autoconfigure the TAPs. There are two parts to this:
3049
3050 @enumerate
3051 @item @emph{TAP discovery} ...
3052 After a JTAG reset (sometimes a system reset may be needed too),
3053 each TAP's data registers will hold the contents of either the
3054 IDCODE or BYPASS register.
3055 If JTAG communication is working, OpenOCD will see each TAP,
3056 and report what @option{-expected-id} to use with it.
3057 @item @emph{IR Length discovery} ...
3058 Unfortunately JTAG does not provide a reliable way to find out
3059 the value of the @option{-irlen} parameter to use with a TAP
3060 that is discovered.
3061 If OpenOCD can discover the length of a TAP's instruction
3062 register, it will report it.
3063 Otherwise you may need to consult vendor documentation, such
3064 as chip data sheets or BSDL files.
3065 @end enumerate
3066
3067 In many cases your board will have a simple scan chain with just
3068 a single device. Here's what OpenOCD reported with one board
3069 that's a bit more complex:
3070
3071 @example
3072 clock speed 8 kHz
3073 There are no enabled taps. AUTO PROBING MIGHT NOT WORK!!
3074 AUTO auto0.tap - use "jtag newtap auto0 tap -expected-id 0x2b900f0f ..."
3075 AUTO auto1.tap - use "jtag newtap auto1 tap -expected-id 0x07926001 ..."
3076 AUTO auto2.tap - use "jtag newtap auto2 tap -expected-id 0x0b73b02f ..."
3077 AUTO auto0.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
3078 AUTO auto1.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
3079 AUTO auto2.tap - use "... -irlen 6"
3080 no gdb ports allocated as no target has been specified
3081 @end example
3082
3083 Given that information, you should be able to either find some existing
3084 config files to use, or create your own. If you create your own, you
3085 would configure from the bottom up: first a @file{target.cfg} file
3086 with these TAPs, any targets associated with them, and any on-chip
3087 resources; then a @file{board.cfg} with off-chip resources, clocking,
3088 and so forth.
3089
3090 @node CPU Configuration
3091 @chapter CPU Configuration
3092 @cindex GDB target
3093
3094 This chapter discusses how to set up GDB debug targets for CPUs.
3095 You can also access these targets without GDB
3096 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands},
3097 and @ref{Target State handling}) and
3098 through various kinds of NAND and NOR flash commands.
3099 If you have multiple CPUs you can have multiple such targets.
3100
3101 We'll start by looking at how to examine the targets you have,
3102 then look at how to add one more target and how to configure it.
3103
3104 @section Target List
3105 @cindex target, current
3106 @cindex target, list
3107
3108 All targets that have been set up are part of a list,
3109 where each member has a name.
3110 That name should normally be the same as the TAP name.
3111 You can display the list with the @command{targets}
3112 (plural!) command.
3113 This display often has only one CPU; here's what it might
3114 look like with more than one:
3115 @verbatim
3116 TargetName Type Endian TapName State
3117 -- ------------------ ---------- ------ ------------------ ------------
3118 0* at91rm9200.cpu arm920t little at91rm9200.cpu running
3119 1 MyTarget cortex_m3 little mychip.foo tap-disabled
3120 @end verbatim
3121
3122 One member of that list is the @dfn{current target}, which
3123 is implicitly referenced by many commands.
3124 It's the one marked with a @code{*} near the target name.
3125 In particular, memory addresses often refer to the address
3126 space seen by that current target.
3127 Commands like @command{mdw} (memory display words)
3128 and @command{flash erase_address} (erase NOR flash blocks)
3129 are examples; and there are many more.
3130
3131 Several commands let you examine the list of targets:
3132
3133 @deffn Command {target count}
3134 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
3135 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.
3136 Iterate target using @command{target names}, not by counting.}
3137
3138 Returns the number of targets, @math{N}.
3139 The highest numbered target is @math{N - 1}.
3140 @example
3141 set c [target count]
3142 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < $c @} @{ incr x @} @{
3143 # Assuming you have created this function
3144 print_target_details $x
3145 @}
3146 @end example
3147 @end deffn
3148
3149 @deffn Command {target current}
3150 Returns the name of the current target.
3151 @end deffn
3152
3153 @deffn Command {target names}
3154 Lists the names of all current targets in the list.
3155 @example
3156 foreach t [target names] @{
3157 puts [format "Target: %s\n" $t]
3158 @}
3159 @end example
3160 @end deffn
3161
3162 @deffn Command {target number} number
3163 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
3164 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.}
3165
3166 The list of targets is numbered starting at zero.
3167 This command returns the name of the target at index @var{number}.
3168 @example
3169 set thename [target number $x]
3170 puts [format "Target %d is: %s\n" $x $thename]
3171 @end example
3172 @end deffn
3173
3174 @c yep, "target list" would have been better.
3175 @c plus maybe "target setdefault".
3176
3177 @deffn Command targets [name]
3178 @emph{Note: the name of this command is plural. Other target
3179 command names are singular.}
3180
3181 With no parameter, this command displays a table of all known
3182 targets in a user friendly form.
3183
3184 With a parameter, this command sets the current target to
3185 the given target with the given @var{name}; this is
3186 only relevant on boards which have more than one target.
3187 @end deffn
3188
3189 @section Target CPU Types and Variants
3190 @cindex target type
3191 @cindex CPU type
3192 @cindex CPU variant
3193
3194 Each target has a @dfn{CPU type}, as shown in the output of
3195 the @command{targets} command. You need to specify that type
3196 when calling @command{target create}.
3197 The CPU type indicates more than just the instruction set.
3198 It also indicates how that instruction set is implemented,
3199 what kind of debug support it integrates,
3200 whether it has an MMU (and if so, what kind),
3201 what core-specific commands may be available
3202 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands}),
3203 and more.
3204
3205 For some CPU types, OpenOCD also defines @dfn{variants} which
3206 indicate differences that affect their handling.
3207 For example, a particular implementation bug might need to be
3208 worked around in some chip versions.
3209
3210 It's easy to see what target types are supported,
3211 since there's a command to list them.
3212 However, there is currently no way to list what target variants
3213 are supported (other than by reading the OpenOCD source code).
3214
3215 @anchor{target types}
3216 @deffn Command {target types}
3217 Lists all supported target types.
3218 At this writing, the supported CPU types and variants are:
3219
3220 @itemize @bullet
3221 @item @code{arm11} -- this is a generation of ARMv6 cores
3222 @item @code{arm720t} -- this is an ARMv4 core with an MMU
3223 @item @code{arm7tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
3224 @item @code{arm920t} -- this is an ARMv5 core with an MMU
3225 @item @code{arm926ejs} -- this is an ARMv5 core with an MMU
3226 @item @code{arm966e} -- this is an ARMv5 core
3227 @item @code{arm9tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
3228 @item @code{avr} -- implements Atmel's 8-bit AVR instruction set.
3229 (Support for this is preliminary and incomplete.)
3230 @item @code{cortex_a8} -- this is an ARMv7 core with an MMU
3231 @item @code{cortex_m3} -- this is an ARMv7 core, supporting only the
3232 compact Thumb2 instruction set. It supports one variant:
3233 @itemize @minus
3234 @item @code{lm3s} ... Use this when debugging older Stellaris LM3S targets.
3235 This will cause OpenOCD to use a software reset rather than asserting
3236 SRST, to avoid a issue with clearing the debug registers.
3237 This is fixed in Fury Rev B, DustDevil Rev B, Tempest; these revisions will
3238 be detected and the normal reset behaviour used.
3239 @end itemize
3240 @item @code{dragonite} -- resembles arm966e
3241 @item @code{dsp563xx} -- implements Freescale's 24-bit DSP.
3242 (Support for this is still incomplete.)
3243 @item @code{fa526} -- resembles arm920 (w/o Thumb)
3244 @item @code{feroceon} -- resembles arm926
3245 @item @code{mips_m4k} -- a MIPS core. This supports one variant:
3246 @itemize @minus
3247 @item @code{ejtag_srst} ... Use this when debugging targets that do not
3248 provide a functional SRST line on the EJTAG connector. This causes
3249 OpenOCD to instead use an EJTAG software reset command to reset the
3250 processor.
3251 You still need to enable @option{srst} on the @command{reset_config}
3252 command to enable OpenOCD hardware reset functionality.
3253 @end itemize
3254 @item @code{xscale} -- this is actually an architecture,
3255 not a CPU type. It is based on the ARMv5 architecture.
3256 There are several variants defined:
3257 @itemize @minus
3258 @item @code{ixp42x}, @code{ixp45x}, @code{ixp46x},
3259 @code{pxa27x} ... instruction register length is 7 bits
3260 @item @code{pxa250}, @code{pxa255},
3261 @code{pxa26x} ... instruction register length is 5 bits
3262 @item @code{pxa3xx} ... instruction register length is 11 bits
3263 @end itemize
3264 @end itemize
3265 @end deffn
3266
3267 To avoid being confused by the variety of ARM based cores, remember
3268 this key point: @emph{ARM is a technology licencing company}.
3269 (See: @url{http://www.arm.com}.)
3270 The CPU name used by OpenOCD will reflect the CPU design that was
3271 licenced, not a vendor brand which incorporates that design.
3272 Name prefixes like arm7, arm9, arm11, and cortex
3273 reflect design generations;
3274 while names like ARMv4, ARMv5, ARMv6, and ARMv7
3275 reflect an architecture version implemented by a CPU design.
3276
3277 @anchor{Target Configuration}
3278 @section Target Configuration
3279
3280 Before creating a ``target'', you must have added its TAP to the scan chain.
3281 When you've added that TAP, you will have a @code{dotted.name}
3282 which is used to set up the CPU support.
3283 The chip-specific configuration file will normally configure its CPU(s)
3284 right after it adds all of the chip's TAPs to the scan chain.
3285
3286 Although you can set up a target in one step, it's often clearer if you
3287 use shorter commands and do it in two steps: create it, then configure
3288 optional parts.
3289 All operations on the target after it's created will use a new
3290 command, created as part of target creation.
3291
3292 The two main things to configure after target creation are
3293 a work area, which usually has target-specific defaults even
3294 if the board setup code overrides them later;
3295 and event handlers (@pxref{Target Events}), which tend
3296 to be much more board-specific.
3297 The key steps you use might look something like this
3298
3299 @example
3300 target create MyTarget cortex_m3 -chain-position mychip.cpu
3301 $MyTarget configure -work-area-phys 0x08000 -work-area-size 8096
3302 $MyTarget configure -event reset-deassert-pre @{ jtag_rclk 5 @}
3303 $MyTarget configure -event reset-init @{ myboard_reinit @}
3304 @end example
3305
3306 You should specify a working area if you can; typically it uses some
3307 on-chip SRAM.
3308 Such a working area can speed up many things, including bulk
3309 writes to target memory;
3310 flash operations like checking to see if memory needs to be erased;
3311 GDB memory checksumming;
3312 and more.
3313
3314 @quotation Warning
3315 On more complex chips, the work area can become
3316 inaccessible when application code
3317 (such as an operating system)
3318 enables or disables the MMU.
3319 For example, the particular MMU context used to acess the virtual
3320 address will probably matter ... and that context might not have
3321 easy access to other addresses needed.
3322 At this writing, OpenOCD doesn't have much MMU intelligence.
3323 @end quotation
3324
3325 It's often very useful to define a @code{reset-init} event handler.
3326 For systems that are normally used with a boot loader,
3327 common tasks include updating clocks and initializing memory
3328 controllers.
3329 That may be needed to let you write the boot loader into flash,
3330 in order to ``de-brick'' your board; or to load programs into
3331 external DDR memory without having run the boot loader.
3332
3333 @deffn Command {target create} target_name type configparams...
3334 This command creates a GDB debug target that refers to a specific JTAG tap.
3335 It enters that target into a list, and creates a new
3336 command (@command{@var{target_name}}) which is used for various
3337 purposes including additional configuration.
3338
3339 @itemize @bullet
3340 @item @var{target_name} ... is the name of the debug target.
3341 By convention this should be the same as the @emph{dotted.name}
3342 of the TAP associated with this target, which must be specified here
3343 using the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} configparam.
3344
3345 This name is also used to create the target object command,
3346 referred to here as @command{$target_name},
3347 and in other places the target needs to be identified.
3348 @item @var{type} ... specifies the target type. @xref{target types}.
3349 @item @var{configparams} ... all parameters accepted by
3350 @command{$target_name configure} are permitted.
3351 If the target is big-endian, set it here with @code{-endian big}.
3352 If the variant matters, set it here with @code{-variant}.
3353
3354 You @emph{must} set the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} here.
3355 @end itemize
3356 @end deffn
3357
3358 @deffn Command {$target_name configure} configparams...
3359 The options accepted by this command may also be
3360 specified as parameters to @command{target create}.
3361 Their values can later be queried one at a time by
3362 using the @command{$target_name cget} command.
3363
3364 @emph{Warning:} changing some of these after setup is dangerous.
3365 For example, moving a target from one TAP to another;
3366 and changing its endianness or variant.
3367
3368 @itemize @bullet
3369
3370 @item @code{-chain-position} @var{dotted.name} -- names the TAP
3371 used to access this target.
3372
3373 @item @code{-endian} (@option{big}|@option{little}) -- specifies
3374 whether the CPU uses big or little endian conventions
3375
3376 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} @var{event_body} --
3377 @xref{Target Events}.
3378 Note that this updates a list of named event handlers.
3379 Calling this twice with two different event names assigns
3380 two different handlers, but calling it twice with the
3381 same event name assigns only one handler.
3382
3383 @item @code{-variant} @var{name} -- specifies a variant of the target,
3384 which OpenOCD needs to know about.
3385
3386 @item @code{-work-area-backup} (@option{0}|@option{1}) -- says
3387 whether the work area gets backed up; by default,
3388 @emph{it is not backed up.}
3389 When possible, use a working_area that doesn't need to be backed up,
3390 since performing a backup slows down operations.
3391 For example, the beginning of an SRAM block is likely to
3392 be used by most build systems, but the end is often unused.
3393
3394 @item @code{-work-area-size} @var{size} -- specify work are size,
3395 in bytes. The same size applies regardless of whether its physical
3396 or virtual address is being used.
3397
3398 @item @code{-work-area-phys} @var{address} -- set the work area
3399 base @var{address} to be used when no MMU is active.
3400
3401 @item @code{-work-area-virt} @var{address} -- set the work area
3402 base @var{address} to be used when an MMU is active.
3403 @emph{Do not specify a value for this except on targets with an MMU.}
3404 The value should normally correspond to a static mapping for the
3405 @code{-work-area-phys} address, set up by the current operating system.
3406
3407 @end itemize
3408 @end deffn
3409
3410 @section Other $target_name Commands
3411 @cindex object command
3412
3413 The Tcl/Tk language has the concept of object commands,
3414 and OpenOCD adopts that same model for targets.
3415
3416 A good Tk example is a on screen button.
3417 Once a button is created a button
3418 has a name (a path in Tk terms) and that name is useable as a first
3419 class command. For example in Tk, one can create a button and later
3420 configure it like this:
3421
3422 @example
3423 # Create
3424 button .foobar -background red -command @{ foo @}
3425 # Modify
3426 .foobar configure -foreground blue
3427 # Query
3428 set x [.foobar cget -background]
3429 # Report
3430 puts [format "The button is %s" $x]
3431 @end example
3432
3433 In OpenOCD's terms, the ``target'' is an object just like a Tcl/Tk
3434 button, and its object commands are invoked the same way.
3435
3436 @example
3437 str912.cpu mww 0x1234 0x42
3438 omap3530.cpu mww 0x5555 123
3439 @end example
3440
3441 The commands supported by OpenOCD target objects are:
3442
3443 @deffn Command {$target_name arp_examine}
3444 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_halt}
3445 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_poll}
3446 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_reset}
3447 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_waitstate}
3448 Internal OpenOCD scripts (most notably @file{startup.tcl})
3449 use these to deal with specific reset cases.
3450 They are not otherwise documented here.
3451 @end deffn
3452
3453 @deffn Command {$target_name array2mem} arrayname width address count
3454 @deffnx Command {$target_name mem2array} arrayname width address count
3455 These provide an efficient script-oriented interface to memory.
3456 The @code{array2mem} primitive writes bytes, halfwords, or words;
3457 while @code{mem2array} reads them.
3458 In both cases, the TCL side uses an array, and
3459 the target side uses raw memory.
3460
3461 The efficiency comes from enabling the use of
3462 bulk JTAG data transfer operations.
3463 The script orientation comes from working with data
3464 values that are packaged for use by TCL scripts;
3465 @command{mdw} type primitives only print data they retrieve,
3466 and neither store nor return those values.
3467
3468 @itemize
3469 @item @var{arrayname} ... is the name of an array variable
3470 @item @var{width} ... is 8/16/32 - indicating the memory access size
3471 @item @var{address} ... is the target memory address
3472 @item @var{count} ... is the number of elements to process
3473 @end itemize
3474 @end deffn
3475
3476 @deffn Command {$target_name cget} queryparm
3477 Each configuration parameter accepted by
3478 @command{$target_name configure}
3479 can be individually queried, to return its current value.
3480 The @var{queryparm} is a parameter name
3481 accepted by that command, such as @code{-work-area-phys}.
3482 There are a few special cases:
3483
3484 @itemize @bullet
3485 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} -- returns the handler for the
3486 event named @var{event_name}.
3487 This is a special case because setting a handler requires
3488 two parameters.
3489 @item @code{-type} -- returns the target type.
3490 This is a special case because this is set using
3491 @command{target create} and can't be changed
3492 using @command{$target_name configure}.
3493 @end itemize
3494
3495 For example, if you wanted to summarize information about
3496 all the targets you might use something like this:
3497
3498 @example
3499 foreach name [target names] @{
3500 set y [$name cget -endian]
3501 set z [$name cget -type]
3502 puts [format "Chip %d is %s, Endian: %s, type: %s" \
3503 $x $name $y $z]
3504 @}
3505 @end example
3506 @end deffn
3507
3508 @anchor{target curstate}
3509 @deffn Command {$target_name curstate}
3510 Displays the current target state:
3511 @code{debug-running},
3512 @code{halted},
3513 @code{reset},
3514 @code{running}, or @code{unknown}.
3515 (Also, @pxref{Event Polling}.)
3516 @end deffn
3517
3518 @deffn Command {$target_name eventlist}
3519 Displays a table listing all event handlers
3520 currently associated with this target.
3521 @xref{Target Events}.
3522 @end deffn
3523
3524 @deffn Command {$target_name invoke-event} event_name
3525 Invokes the handler for the event named @var{event_name}.
3526 (This is primarily intended for use by OpenOCD framework
3527 code, for example by the reset code in @file{startup.tcl}.)
3528 @end deffn
3529
3530 @deffn Command {$target_name mdw} addr [count]
3531 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdh} addr [count]
3532 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdb} addr [count]
3533 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
3534 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
3535 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
3536 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
3537 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
3538 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
3539 @end deffn
3540
3541 @deffn Command {$target_name mww} addr word
3542 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwh} addr halfword
3543 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwb} addr byte
3544 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
3545 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
3546 at the specified address @var{addr}.
3547 @end deffn
3548
3549 @anchor{Target Events}
3550 @section Target Events
3551 @cindex target events
3552 @cindex events
3553 At various times, certain things can happen, or you want them to happen.
3554 For example:
3555 @itemize @bullet
3556 @item What should happen when GDB connects? Should your target reset?
3557 @item When GDB tries to flash the target, do you need to enable the flash via a special command?
3558 @item Is using SRST appropriate (and possible) on your system?
3559 Or instead of that, do you need to issue JTAG commands to trigger reset?
3560 SRST usually resets everything on the scan chain, which can be inappropriate.
3561 @item During reset, do you need to write to certain memory locations
3562 to set up system clocks or
3563 to reconfigure the SDRAM?
3564 How about configuring the watchdog timer, or other peripherals,
3565 to stop running while you hold the core stopped for debugging?
3566 @end itemize
3567
3568 All of the above items can be addressed by target event handlers.
3569 These are set up by @command{$target_name configure -event} or
3570 @command{target create ... -event}.
3571
3572 The programmer's model matches the @code{-command} option used in Tcl/Tk
3573 buttons and events. The two examples below act the same, but one creates
3574 and invokes a small procedure while the other inlines it.
3575
3576 @example
3577 proc my_attach_proc @{ @} @{
3578 echo "Reset..."
3579 reset halt
3580 @}
3581 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach my_attach_proc
3582 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach @{
3583 echo "Reset..."
3584 reset halt
3585 @}
3586 @end example
3587
3588 The following target events are defined:
3589
3590 @itemize @bullet
3591 @item @b{debug-halted}
3592 @* The target has halted for debug reasons (i.e.: breakpoint)
3593 @item @b{debug-resumed}
3594 @* The target has resumed (i.e.: gdb said run)
3595 @item @b{early-halted}
3596 @* Occurs early in the halt process
3597 @ignore
3598 @item @b{examine-end}
3599 @* Currently not used (goal: when JTAG examine completes)
3600 @item @b{examine-start}
3601 @* Currently not used (goal: when JTAG examine starts)
3602 @end ignore
3603 @item @b{gdb-attach}
3604 @* When GDB connects
3605 @item @b{gdb-detach}
3606 @* When GDB disconnects
3607 @item @b{gdb-end}
3608 @* When the target has halted and GDB is not doing anything (see early halt)
3609 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-start}
3610 @* Before the GDB flash process tries to erase the flash
3611 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-end}
3612 @* After the GDB flash process has finished erasing the flash
3613 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-start}
3614 @* Before GDB writes to the flash
3615 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-end}
3616 @* After GDB writes to the flash
3617 @item @b{gdb-start}
3618 @* Before the target steps, gdb is trying to start/resume the target
3619 @item @b{halted}
3620 @* The target has halted
3621 @ignore
3622 @item @b{old-gdb_program_config}
3623 @* DO NOT USE THIS: Used internally
3624 @item @b{old-pre_resume}
3625 @* DO NOT USE THIS: Used internally
3626 @end ignore
3627 @item @b{reset-assert-pre}
3628 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3629 after @command{reset_init} was triggered
3630 but before either SRST alone is re-asserted on the scan chain,
3631 or @code{reset-assert} is triggered.
3632 @item @b{reset-assert}
3633 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3634 after @command{reset-assert-pre} was triggered.
3635 When such a handler is present, cores which support this event will use
3636 it instead of asserting SRST.
3637 This support is essential for debugging with JTAG interfaces which
3638 don't include an SRST line (JTAG doesn't require SRST), and for
3639 selective reset on scan chains that have multiple targets.
3640 @item @b{reset-assert-post}
3641 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3642 after @code{reset-assert} has been triggered.
3643 or the target asserted SRST on the entire scan chain.
3644 @item @b{reset-deassert-pre}
3645 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3646 after @code{reset-assert-post} has been triggered.
3647 @item @b{reset-deassert-post}
3648 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3649 after @code{reset-deassert-pre} has been triggered
3650 and (if the target is using it) after SRST has been
3651 released on the scan chain.
3652 @item @b{reset-end}
3653 @* Issued as the final step in @command{reset} processing.
3654 @ignore
3655 @item @b{reset-halt-post}
3656 @* Currently not used
3657 @item @b{reset-halt-pre}
3658 @* Currently not used
3659 @end ignore
3660 @item @b{reset-init}
3661 @* Used by @b{reset init} command for board-specific initialization.
3662 This event fires after @emph{reset-deassert-post}.
3663
3664 This is where you would configure PLLs and clocking, set up DRAM so
3665 you can download programs that don't fit in on-chip SRAM, set up pin
3666 multiplexing, and so on.
3667 (You may be able to switch to a fast JTAG clock rate here, after
3668 the target clocks are fully set up.)
3669 @item @b{reset-start}
3670 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3671 before @command{reset_init} is called.
3672
3673 This is the most robust place to use @command{jtag_rclk}
3674 or @command{jtag_khz} to switch to a low JTAG clock rate,
3675 when reset disables PLLs needed to use a fast clock.
3676 @ignore
3677 @item @b{reset-wait-pos}
3678 @* Currently not used
3679 @item @b{reset-wait-pre}
3680 @* Currently not used
3681 @end ignore
3682 @item @b{resume-start}
3683 @* Before any target is resumed
3684 @item @b{resume-end}
3685 @* After all targets have resumed
3686 @item @b{resume-ok}
3687 @* Success
3688 @item @b{resumed}
3689 @* Target has resumed
3690 @end itemize
3691
3692
3693 @node Flash Commands
3694 @chapter Flash Commands
3695
3696 OpenOCD has different commands for NOR and NAND flash;
3697 the ``flash'' command works with NOR flash, while
3698 the ``nand'' command works with NAND flash.
3699 This partially reflects different hardware technologies:
3700 NOR flash usually supports direct CPU instruction and data bus access,
3701 while data from a NAND flash must be copied to memory before it can be
3702 used. (SPI flash must also be copied to memory before use.)
3703 However, the documentation also uses ``flash'' as a generic term;
3704 for example, ``Put flash configuration in board-specific files''.
3705
3706 Flash Steps:
3707 @enumerate
3708 @item Configure via the command @command{flash bank}
3709 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
3710 passing parameters as needed by the driver.
3711 @item Operate on the flash via @command{flash subcommand}
3712 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
3713 via a script in some automated way. Common tasks include writing a
3714 boot loader, operating system, or other data.
3715 @item GDB Flashing
3716 @* Flashing via GDB requires the flash be configured via ``flash
3717 bank'', and the GDB flash features be enabled.
3718 @xref{GDB Configuration}.
3719 @end enumerate
3720
3721 Many CPUs have the ablity to ``boot'' from the first flash bank.
3722 This means that misprogramming that bank can ``brick'' a system,
3723 so that it can't boot.
3724 JTAG tools, like OpenOCD, are often then used to ``de-brick'' the
3725 board by (re)installing working boot firmware.
3726
3727 @anchor{NOR Configuration}
3728 @section Flash Configuration Commands
3729 @cindex flash configuration
3730
3731 @deffn {Config Command} {flash bank} name driver base size chip_width bus_width target [driver_options]
3732 Configures a flash bank which provides persistent storage
3733 for addresses from @math{base} to @math{base + size - 1}.
3734 These banks will often be visible to GDB through the target's memory map.
3735 In some cases, configuring a flash bank will activate extra commands;
3736 see the driver-specific documentation.
3737
3738 @itemize @bullet
3739 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the flash bank
3740 in other flash commands.
3741 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the controller driver
3742 associated with the flash bank being declared.
3743 This is usually @code{cfi} for external flash, or else
3744 the name of a microcontroller with embedded flash memory.
3745 @xref{Flash Driver List}.
3746 @item @var{base} ... Base address of the flash chip.
3747 @item @var{size} ... Size of the chip, in bytes.
3748 For some drivers, this value is detected from the hardware.
3749 @item @var{chip_width} ... Width of the flash chip, in bytes;
3750 ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
3751 @item @var{bus_width} ... Width of the data bus used to access the
3752 chip, in bytes; ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
3753 @item @var{target} ... Names the target used to issue
3754 commands to the flash controller.
3755 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
3756 @item @var{driver_options} ... drivers may support, or require,
3757 additional parameters. See the driver-specific documentation
3758 for more information.
3759 @end itemize
3760 @quotation Note
3761 This command is not available after OpenOCD initialization has completed.
3762 Use it in board specific configuration files, not interactively.
3763 @end quotation
3764 @end deffn
3765
3766 @comment the REAL name for this command is "ocd_flash_banks"
3767 @comment less confusing would be: "flash list" (like "nand list")
3768 @deffn Command {flash banks}
3769 Prints a one-line summary of each device that was
3770 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
3771 Note that this is the @emph{plural} form;
3772 the @emph{singular} form is a very different command.
3773 @end deffn
3774
3775 @deffn Command {flash list}
3776 Retrieves a list of associative arrays for each device that was
3777 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
3778 This returned list can be manipulated easily from within scripts.
3779 @end deffn
3780
3781 @deffn Command {flash probe} num
3782 Identify the flash, or validate the parameters of the configured flash. Operation
3783 depends on the flash type.
3784 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
3785 Most flash commands will implicitly @emph{autoprobe} the bank;
3786 flash drivers can distinguish between probing and autoprobing,
3787 but most don't bother.
3788 @end deffn
3789
3790 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to Flash
3791 @cindex flash erasing
3792 @cindex flash reading
3793 @cindex flash writing
3794 @cindex flash programming
3795
3796 One feature distinguishing NOR flash from NAND or serial flash technologies
3797 is that for read access, it acts exactly like any other addressible memory.
3798 This means you can use normal memory read commands like @command{mdw} or
3799 @command{dump_image} with it, with no special @command{flash} subcommands.
3800 @xref{Memory access}, and @ref{Image access}.
3801
3802 Write access works differently. Flash memory normally needs to be erased
3803 before it's written. Erasing a sector turns all of its bits to ones, and
3804 writing can turn ones into zeroes. This is why there are special commands
3805 for interactive erasing and writing, and why GDB needs to know which parts
3806 of the address space hold NOR flash memory.
3807
3808 @quotation Note
3809 Most of these erase and write commands leverage the fact that NOR flash
3810 chips consume target address space. They implicitly refer to the current
3811 JTAG target, and map from an address in that target's address space
3812 back to a flash bank.
3813 @comment In May 2009, those mappings may fail if any bank associated
3814 @comment with that target doesn't succesfuly autoprobe ... bug worth fixing?
3815 A few commands use abstract addressing based on bank and sector numbers,
3816 and don't depend on searching the current target and its address space.
3817 Avoid confusing the two command models.
3818 @end quotation
3819
3820 Some flash chips implement software protection against accidental writes,
3821 since such buggy writes could in some cases ``brick'' a system.
3822 For such systems, erasing and writing may require sector protection to be
3823 disabled first.
3824 Examples include CFI flash such as ``Intel Advanced Bootblock flash'',
3825 and AT91SAM7 on-chip flash.
3826 @xref{flash protect}.
3827
3828 @anchor{flash erase_sector}
3829 @deffn Command {flash erase_sector} num first last
3830 Erase sectors in bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
3831 up to and including @var{last}.
3832 Sector numbering starts at 0.
3833 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
3834 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
3835 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
3836 @end deffn
3837
3838 @deffn Command {flash erase_address} address length
3839 Erase sectors starting at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
3840 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address}, and
3841 the specified length must stay within that bank.
3842 As a special case, when @var{length} is zero and @var{address} is
3843 the start of the bank, the whole flash is erased.
3844 @end deffn
3845
3846 @deffn Command {flash fillw} address word length
3847 @deffnx Command {flash fillh} address halfword length
3848 @deffnx Command {flash fillb} address byte length
3849 Fills flash memory with the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
3850 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
3851 starting at @var{address} and continuing
3852 for @var{length} units (word/halfword/byte).
3853 No erasure is done before writing; when needed, that must be done
3854 before issuing this command.
3855 Writes are done in blocks of up to 1024 bytes, and each write is
3856 verified by reading back the data and comparing it to what was written.
3857 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address} of
3858 each block, and the specified length must stay within that bank.
3859 @end deffn
3860 @comment no current checks for errors if fill blocks touch multiple banks!
3861
3862 @anchor{flash write_bank}
3863 @deffn Command {flash write_bank} num filename offset
3864 Write the binary @file{filename} to flash bank @var{num},
3865 starting at @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
3866 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
3867 @end deffn
3868
3869 @anchor{flash write_image}
3870 @deffn Command {flash write_image} [erase] [unlock] filename [offset] [type]
3871 Write the image @file{filename} to the current target's flash bank(s).
3872 A relocation @var{offset} may be specified, in which case it is added
3873 to the base address for each section in the image.
3874 The file [@var{type}] can be specified
3875 explicitly as @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
3876 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19).
3877 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
3878 The relevant flash sectors will be erased prior to programming
3879 if the @option{erase} parameter is given. If @option{unlock} is
3880 provided, then the flash banks are unlocked before erase and
3881 program. The flash bank to use is inferred from the address of
3882 each image section.
3883
3884 @quotation Warning
3885 Be careful using the @option{erase} flag when the flash is holding
3886 data you want to preserve.
3887 Portions of the flash outside those described in the image's
3888 sections might be erased with no notice.
3889 @itemize
3890 @item
3891 When a section of the image being written does not fill out all the
3892 sectors it uses, the unwritten parts of those sectors are necessarily
3893 also erased, because sectors can't be partially erased.
3894 @item
3895 Data stored in sector "holes" between image sections are also affected.
3896 For example, "@command{flash write_image erase ...}" of an image with
3897 one byte at the beginning of a flash bank and one byte at the end
3898 erases the entire bank -- not just the two sectors being written.
3899 @end itemize
3900 Also, when flash protection is important, you must re-apply it after
3901 it has been removed by the @option{unlock} flag.
3902 @end quotation
3903
3904 @end deffn
3905
3906 @section Other Flash commands
3907 @cindex flash protection
3908
3909 @deffn Command {flash erase_check} num
3910 Check erase state of sectors in flash bank @var{num},
3911 and display that status.
3912 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
3913 This is the only operation that
3914 updates the erase state information displayed by @option{flash info}. That means you have
3915 to issue a @command{flash erase_check} command after erasing or programming the device
3916 to get updated information.
3917 (Code execution may have invalidated any state records kept by OpenOCD.)
3918 @end deffn
3919
3920 @deffn Command {flash info} num
3921 Print info about flash bank @var{num}
3922 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
3923 The information includes per-sector protect status.
3924 @end deffn
3925
3926 @anchor{flash protect}
3927 @deffn Command {flash protect} num first last (@option{on}|@option{off})
3928 Enable (@option{on}) or disable (@option{off}) protection of flash sectors
3929 in flash bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
3930 and continuing up to and including @var{last}.
3931 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
3932 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
3933 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
3934 @end deffn
3935
3936 @deffn Command {flash protect_check} num
3937 Check protection state of sectors in flash bank @var{num}.
3938 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
3939 @comment @option{flash erase_sector} using the same syntax.
3940 @end deffn
3941
3942 @anchor{Flash Driver List}
3943 @section Flash Driver List
3944 As noted above, the @command{flash bank} command requires a driver name,
3945 and allows driver-specific options and behaviors.
3946 Some drivers also activate driver-specific commands.
3947
3948 @subsection External Flash
3949
3950 @deffn {Flash Driver} cfi
3951 @cindex Common Flash Interface
3952 @cindex CFI
3953 The ``Common Flash Interface'' (CFI) is the main standard for
3954 external NOR flash chips, each of which connects to a
3955 specific external chip select on the CPU.
3956 Frequently the first such chip is used to boot the system.
3957 Your board's @code{reset-init} handler might need to
3958 configure additional chip selects using other commands (like: @command{mww} to
3959 configure a bus and its timings), or
3960 perhaps configure a GPIO pin that controls the ``write protect'' pin
3961 on the flash chip.
3962 The CFI driver can use a target-specific working area to significantly
3963 speed up operation.
3964
3965 The CFI driver can accept the following optional parameters, in any order:
3966
3967 @itemize
3968 @item @var{jedec_probe} ... is used to detect certain non-CFI flash ROMs,
3969 like AM29LV010 and similar types.
3970 @item @var{x16_as_x8} ... when a 16-bit flash is hooked up to an 8-bit bus.
3971 @end itemize
3972
3973 To configure two adjacent banks of 16 MBytes each, both sixteen bits (two bytes)
3974 wide on a sixteen bit bus:
3975
3976 @example
3977 flash bank cfi 0x00000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
3978 flash bank cfi 0x01000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
3979 @end example
3980
3981 To configure one bank of 32 MBytes
3982 built from two sixteen bit (two byte) wide parts wired in parallel
3983 to create a thirty-two bit (four byte) bus with doubled throughput:
3984
3985 @example
3986 flash bank cfi 0x00000000 0x02000000 2 4 $_TARGETNAME
3987 @end example
3988
3989 @c "cfi part_id" disabled
3990 @end deffn
3991
3992 @subsection Internal Flash (Microcontrollers)
3993
3994 @deffn {Flash Driver} aduc702x
3995 The ADUC702x analog microcontrollers from Analog Devices
3996 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
3997 The aduc702x flash driver works with models ADUC7019 through ADUC7028.
3998 The setup command only requires the @var{target} argument
3999 since all devices in this family have the same memory layout.
4000
4001 @example
4002 flash bank aduc702x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4003 @end example
4004 @end deffn
4005
4006 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam3
4007 @cindex at91sam3
4008 All members of the AT91SAM3 microcontroller family from
4009 Atmel include internal flash and use ARM's Cortex-M3 core. The driver
4010 currently (6/22/09) recognizes the AT91SAM3U[1/2/4][C/E] chips. Note
4011 that the driver was orginaly developed and tested using the
4012 AT91SAM3U4E, using a SAM3U-EK eval board. Support for other chips in
4013 the family was cribbed from the data sheet. @emph{Note to future
4014 readers/updaters: Please remove this worrysome comment after other
4015 chips are confirmed.}
4016
4017 The AT91SAM3U4[E/C] (256K) chips have two flash banks; most other chips
4018 have one flash bank. In all cases the flash banks are at
4019 the following fixed locations:
4020
4021 @example
4022 # Flash bank 0 - all chips
4023 flash bank at91sam3 0x00080000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
4024 # Flash bank 1 - only 256K chips
4025 flash bank at91sam3 0x00100000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
4026 @end example
4027
4028 Internally, the AT91SAM3 flash memory is organized as follows.
4029 Unlike the AT91SAM7 chips, these are not used as parameters
4030 to the @command{flash bank} command:
4031
4032 @itemize
4033 @item @emph{N-Banks:} 256K chips have 2 banks, others have 1 bank.
4034 @item @emph{Bank Size:} 128K/64K Per flash bank
4035 @item @emph{Sectors:} 16 or 8 per bank
4036 @item @emph{SectorSize:} 8K Per Sector
4037 @item @emph{PageSize:} 256 bytes per page. Note that OpenOCD operates on 'sector' sizes, not page sizes.
4038 @end itemize
4039
4040 The AT91SAM3 driver adds some additional commands:
4041
4042 @deffn Command {at91sam3 gpnvm}
4043 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm clear} number
4044 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm set} number
4045 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm show} [@option{all}|number]
4046 With no parameters, @command{show} or @command{show all},
4047 shows the status of all GPNVM bits.
4048 With @command{show} @var{number}, displays that bit.
4049
4050 With @command{set} @var{number} or @command{clear} @var{number},
4051 modifies that GPNVM bit.
4052 @end deffn
4053
4054 @deffn Command {at91sam3 info}
4055 This command attempts to display information about the AT91SAM3
4056 chip. @emph{First} it read the @code{CHIPID_CIDR} [address 0x400e0740, see
4057 Section 28.2.1, page 505 of the AT91SAM3U 29/may/2009 datasheet,
4058 document id: doc6430A] and decodes the values. @emph{Second} it reads the
4059 various clock configuration registers and attempts to display how it
4060 believes the chip is configured. By default, the SLOWCLK is assumed to
4061 be 32768 Hz, see the command @command{at91sam3 slowclk}.
4062 @end deffn
4063
4064 @deffn Command {at91sam3 slowclk} [value]
4065 This command shows/sets the slow clock frequency used in the
4066 @command{at91sam3 info} command calculations above.
4067 @end deffn
4068 @end deffn
4069
4070 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam7
4071 All members of the AT91SAM7 microcontroller family from Atmel include
4072 internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores. The driver automatically
4073 recognizes a number of these chips using the chip identification
4074 register, and autoconfigures itself.
4075
4076 @example
4077 flash bank at91sam7 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4078 @end example
4079
4080 For chips which are not recognized by the controller driver, you must
4081 provide additional parameters in the following order:
4082
4083 @itemize
4084 @item @var{chip_model} ... label used with @command{flash info}
4085 @item @var{banks}
4086 @item @var{sectors_per_bank}
4087 @item @var{pages_per_sector}
4088 @item @var{pages_size}
4089 @item @var{num_nvm_bits}
4090 @item @var{freq_khz} ... required if an external clock is provided,
4091 optional (but recommended) when the oscillator frequency is known
4092 @end itemize
4093
4094 It is recommended that you provide zeroes for all of those values
4095 except the clock frequency, so that everything except that frequency
4096 will be autoconfigured.
4097 Knowing the frequency helps ensure correct timings for flash access.
4098
4099 The flash controller handles erases automatically on a page (128/256 byte)
4100 basis, so explicit erase commands are not necessary for flash programming.
4101 However, there is an ``EraseAll`` command that can erase an entire flash
4102 plane (of up to 256KB), and it will be used automatically when you issue
4103 @command{flash erase_sector} or @command{flash erase_address} commands.
4104
4105 @deffn Command {at91sam7 gpnvm} bitnum (@option{set}|@option{clear})
4106 Set or clear a ``General Purpose Non-Volatle Memory'' (GPNVM)
4107 bit for the processor. Each processor has a number of such bits,
4108 used for controlling features such as brownout detection (so they
4109 are not truly general purpose).
4110 @quotation Note
4111 This assumes that the first flash bank (number 0) is associated with
4112 the appropriate at91sam7 target.
4113 @end quotation
4114 @end deffn
4115 @end deffn
4116
4117 @deffn {Flash Driver} avr
4118 The AVR 8-bit microcontrollers from Atmel integrate flash memory.
4119 @emph{The current implementation is incomplete.}
4120 @comment - defines mass_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
4121 @end deffn
4122
4123 @deffn {Flash Driver} ecosflash
4124 @emph{No idea what this is...}
4125 The @var{ecosflash} driver defines one mandatory parameter,
4126 the name of a modules of target code which is downloaded
4127 and executed.
4128 @end deffn
4129
4130 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2000
4131 Most members of the LPC1700 and LPC2000 microcontroller families from NXP
4132 include internal flash and use Cortex-M3 (LPC1700) or ARM7TDMI (LPC2000) cores.
4133
4134 @quotation Note
4135 There are LPC2000 devices which are not supported by the @var{lpc2000}
4136 driver:
4137 The LPC2888 is supported by the @var{lpc288x} driver.
4138 The LPC29xx family is supported by the @var{lpc2900} driver.
4139 @end quotation
4140
4141 The @var{lpc2000} driver defines two mandatory and one optional parameters,
4142 which must appear in the following order:
4143
4144 @itemize
4145 @item @var{variant} ... required, may be
4146 @var{lpc2000_v1} (older LPC21xx and LPC22xx)
4147 @var{lpc2000_v2} (LPC213x, LPC214x, LPC210[123], LPC23xx and LPC24xx)
4148 or @var{lpc1700} (LPC175x and LPC176x)
4149 @item @var{clock_kHz} ... the frequency, in kiloHertz,
4150 at which the core is running
4151 @item @var{calc_checksum} ... optional (but you probably want to provide this!),
4152 telling the driver to calculate a valid checksum for the exception vector table.
4153 @end itemize
4154
4155 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4156
4157 @example
4158 flash bank lpc2000 0x0 0x7d000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME \
4159 lpc2000_v2 14765 calc_checksum
4160 @end example
4161
4162 @deffn {Command} {lpc2000 part_id} bank
4163 Displays the four byte part identifier associated with
4164 the specified flash @var{bank}.
4165 @end deffn
4166 @end deffn
4167
4168 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc288x
4169 The LPC2888 microcontroller from NXP needs slightly different flash
4170 support from its lpc2000 siblings.
4171 The @var{lpc288x} driver defines one mandatory parameter,
4172 the programming clock rate in Hz.
4173 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4174
4175 @example
4176 flash bank lpc288x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 12000000
4177 @end example
4178 @end deffn
4179
4180 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2900
4181 This driver supports the LPC29xx ARM968E based microcontroller family
4182 from NXP.
4183
4184 The predefined parameters @var{base}, @var{size}, @var{chip_width} and
4185 @var{bus_width} of the @code{flash bank} command are ignored. Flash size and
4186 sector layout are auto-configured by the driver.
4187 The driver has one additional mandatory parameter: The CPU clock rate
4188 (in kHz) at the time the flash operations will take place. Most of the time this
4189 will not be the crystal frequency, but a higher PLL frequency. The
4190 @code{reset-init} event handler in the board script is usually the place where
4191 you start the PLL.
4192
4193 The driver rejects flashless devices (currently the LPC2930).
4194
4195 The EEPROM in LPC2900 devices is not mapped directly into the address space.
4196 It must be handled much more like NAND flash memory, and will therefore be
4197 handled by a separate @code{lpc2900_eeprom} driver (not yet available).
4198
4199 Sector protection in terms of the LPC2900 is handled transparently. Every time a
4200 sector needs to be erased or programmed, it is automatically unprotected.
4201 What is shown as protection status in the @code{flash info} command, is
4202 actually the LPC2900 @emph{sector security}. This is a mechanism to prevent a
4203 sector from ever being erased or programmed again. As this is an irreversible
4204 mechanism, it is handled by a special command (@code{lpc2900 secure_sector}),
4205 and not by the standard @code{flash protect} command.
4206
4207 Example for a 125 MHz clock frequency:
4208 @example
4209 flash bank lpc2900 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 125000
4210 @end example
4211
4212 Some @code{lpc2900}-specific commands are defined. In the following command list,
4213 the @var{bank} parameter is the bank number as obtained by the
4214 @code{flash banks} command.
4215
4216 @deffn Command {lpc2900 signature} bank
4217 Calculates a 128-bit hash value, the @emph{signature}, from the whole flash
4218 content. This is a hardware feature of the flash block, hence the calculation is
4219 very fast. You may use this to verify the content of a programmed device against
4220 a known signature.
4221 Example:
4222 @example
4223 lpc2900 signature 0
4224 signature: 0x5f40cdc8:0xc64e592e:0x10490f89:0x32a0f317
4225 @end example
4226 @end deffn
4227
4228 @deffn Command {lpc2900 read_custom} bank filename
4229 Reads the 912 bytes of customer information from the flash index sector, and
4230 saves it to a file in binary format.
4231 Example:
4232 @example
4233 lpc2900 read_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin
4234 @end example
4235 @end deffn
4236
4237 The index sector of the flash is a @emph{write-only} sector. It cannot be
4238 erased! In order to guard against unintentional write access, all following
4239 commands need to be preceeded by a successful call to the @code{password}
4240 command:
4241
4242 @deffn Command {lpc2900 password} bank password
4243 You need to use this command right before each of the following commands:
4244 @code{lpc2900 write_custom}, @code{lpc2900 secure_sector},
4245 @code{lpc2900 secure_jtag}.
4246
4247 The password string is fixed to "I_know_what_I_am_doing".
4248 Example:
4249 @example
4250 lpc2900 password 0 I_know_what_I_am_doing
4251 Potentially dangerous operation allowed in next command!
4252 @end example
4253 @end deffn
4254
4255 @deffn Command {lpc2900 write_custom} bank filename type
4256 Writes the content of the file into the customer info space of the flash index
4257 sector. The filetype can be specified with the @var{type} field. Possible values
4258 for @var{type} are: @var{bin} (binary), @var{ihex} (Intel hex format),
4259 @var{elf} (ELF binary) or @var{s19} (Motorola S-records). The file must
4260 contain a single section, and the contained data length must be exactly
4261 912 bytes.
4262 @quotation Attention
4263 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4264 @end quotation
4265 Example:
4266 @example
4267 lpc2900 write_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin bin
4268 @end example
4269 @end deffn
4270
4271 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_sector} bank first last
4272 Secures the sector range from @var{first} to @var{last} (including) against
4273 further program and erase operations. The sector security will be effective
4274 after the next power cycle.
4275 @quotation Attention
4276 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4277 @end quotation
4278 Secured sectors appear as @emph{protected} in the @code{flash info} command.
4279 Example:
4280 @example
4281 lpc2900 secure_sector 0 1 1
4282 flash info 0
4283 #0 : lpc2900 at 0x20000000, size 0x000c0000, (...)
4284 # 0: 0x00000000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
4285 # 1: 0x00002000 (0x2000 8kB) protected
4286 # 2: 0x00004000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
4287 @end example
4288 @end deffn
4289
4290 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_jtag} bank
4291 Irreversibly disable the JTAG port. The new JTAG security setting will be
4292 effective after the next power cycle.
4293 @quotation Attention
4294 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4295 @end quotation
4296 Examples:
4297 @example
4298 lpc2900 secure_jtag 0
4299 @end example
4300 @end deffn
4301 @end deffn
4302
4303 @deffn {Flash Driver} ocl
4304 @emph{No idea what this is, other than using some arm7/arm9 core.}
4305
4306 @example
4307 flash bank ocl 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4308 @end example
4309 @end deffn
4310
4311 @deffn {Flash Driver} pic32mx
4312 The PIC32MX microcontrollers are based on the MIPS 4K cores,
4313 and integrate flash memory.
4314 @emph{The current implementation is incomplete.}
4315
4316 @example
4317 flash bank pix32mx 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4318 @end example
4319
4320 @comment numerous *disabled* commands are defined:
4321 @comment - chip_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
4322 @comment - lock, unlock ... pointless given protect on/off (yes?)
4323 @comment - pgm_word ... shouldn't bank be deduced from address??
4324 Some pic32mx-specific commands are defined:
4325 @deffn Command {pic32mx pgm_word} address value bank
4326 Programs the specified 32-bit @var{value} at the given @var{address}
4327 in the specified chip @var{bank}.
4328 @end deffn
4329 @end deffn
4330
4331 @deffn {Flash Driver} stellaris
4332 All members of the Stellaris LM3Sxxx microcontroller family from
4333 Texas Instruments
4334 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
4335 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
4336 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
4337 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stellaris mass_erase} command.
4338 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
4339 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
4340
4341 @example
4342 flash bank stellaris 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4343 @end example
4344 @end deffn
4345
4346 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32x
4347 All members of the STM32 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4348 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
4349 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
4350 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
4351
4352 @example
4353 flash bank stm32x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4354 @end example
4355
4356 Some stm32x-specific commands
4357 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stm32x mass_erase} command.
4358 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
4359 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
4360 are defined:
4361
4362 @deffn Command {stm32x lock} num
4363 Locks the entire stm32 device.
4364 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4365 @end deffn
4366
4367 @deffn Command {stm32x unlock} num
4368 Unlocks the entire stm32 device.
4369 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4370 @end deffn
4371
4372 @deffn Command {stm32x options_read} num
4373 Read and display the stm32 option bytes written by
4374 the @command{stm32x options_write} command.
4375 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4376 @end deffn
4377
4378 @deffn Command {stm32x options_write} num (@option{SWWDG}|@option{HWWDG}) (@option{RSTSTNDBY}|@option{NORSTSTNDBY}) (@option{RSTSTOP}|@option{NORSTSTOP})
4379 Writes the stm32 option byte with the specified values.
4380 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4381 @end deffn
4382 @end deffn
4383
4384 @deffn {Flash Driver} str7x
4385 All members of the STR7 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4386 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4387 The @var{str7x} driver defines one mandatory parameter, @var{variant},
4388 which is either @code{STR71x}, @code{STR73x} or @code{STR75x}.
4389
4390 @example
4391 flash bank str7x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME STR71x
4392 @end example
4393
4394 @deffn Command {str7x disable_jtag} bank
4395 Activate the Debug/Readout protection mechanism
4396 for the specified flash bank.
4397 @end deffn
4398 @end deffn
4399
4400 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9x
4401 Most members of the STR9 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4402 include internal flash and use ARM966E cores.
4403 The str9 needs the flash controller to be configured using
4404 the @command{str9x flash_config} command prior to Flash programming.
4405
4406 @example
4407 flash bank str9x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4408 str9x flash_config 0 4 2 0 0x80000
4409 @end example
4410
4411 @deffn Command {str9x flash_config} num bbsr nbbsr bbadr nbbadr
4412 Configures the str9 flash controller.
4413 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4414
4415 @itemize @bullet
4416 @item @var{bbsr} - Boot Bank Size register
4417 @item @var{nbbsr} - Non Boot Bank Size register
4418 @item @var{bbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
4419 @item @var{nbbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
4420 @end itemize
4421 @end deffn
4422
4423 @end deffn
4424
4425 @deffn {Flash Driver} tms470
4426 Most members of the TMS470 microcontroller family from Texas Instruments
4427 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4428 This driver doesn't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4429
4430 Some tms470-specific commands are defined:
4431
4432 @deffn Command {tms470 flash_keyset} key0 key1 key2 key3
4433 Saves programming keys in a register, to enable flash erase and write commands.
4434 @end deffn
4435
4436 @deffn Command {tms470 osc_mhz} clock_mhz
4437 Reports the clock speed, which is used to calculate timings.
4438 @end deffn
4439
4440 @deffn Command {tms470 plldis} (0|1)
4441 Disables (@var{1}) or enables (@var{0}) use of the PLL to speed up
4442 the flash clock.
4443 @end deffn
4444 @end deffn
4445
4446 @subsection str9xpec driver
4447 @cindex str9xpec
4448
4449 Here is some background info to help
4450 you better understand how this driver works. OpenOCD has two flash drivers for
4451 the str9:
4452 @enumerate
4453 @item
4454 Standard driver @option{str9x} programmed via the str9 core. Normally used for
4455 flash programming as it is faster than the @option{str9xpec} driver.
4456 @item
4457 Direct programming @option{str9xpec} using the flash controller. This is an
4458 ISC compilant (IEEE 1532) tap connected in series with the str9 core. The str9
4459 core does not need to be running to program using this flash driver. Typical use
4460 for this driver is locking/unlocking the target and programming the option bytes.
4461 @end enumerate
4462
4463 Before we run any commands using the @option{str9xpec} driver we must first disable
4464 the str9 core. This example assumes the @option{str9xpec} driver has been
4465 configured for flash bank 0.
4466 @example
4467 # assert srst, we do not want core running
4468 # while accessing str9xpec flash driver
4469 jtag_reset 0 1
4470 # turn off target polling
4471 poll off
4472 # disable str9 core
4473 str9xpec enable_turbo 0
4474 # read option bytes
4475 str9xpec options_read 0
4476 # re-enable str9 core
4477 str9xpec disable_turbo 0
4478 poll on
4479 reset halt
4480 @end example
4481 The above example will read the str9 option bytes.
4482 When performing a unlock remember that you will not be able to halt the str9 - it
4483 has been locked. Halting the core is not required for the @option{str9xpec} driver
4484 as mentioned above, just issue the commands above manually or from a telnet prompt.
4485
4486 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9xpec
4487 Only use this driver for locking/unlocking the device or configuring the option bytes.
4488 Use the standard str9 driver for programming.
4489 Before using the flash commands the turbo mode must be enabled using the
4490 @command{str9xpec enable_turbo} command.
4491
4492 Several str9xpec-specific commands are defined:
4493
4494 @deffn Command {str9xpec disable_turbo} num
4495 Restore the str9 into JTAG chain.
4496 @end deffn
4497
4498 @deffn Command {str9xpec enable_turbo} num
4499 Enable turbo mode, will simply remove the str9 from the chain and talk
4500 directly to the embedded flash controller.
4501 @end deffn
4502
4503 @deffn Command {str9xpec lock} num
4504 Lock str9 device. The str9 will only respond to an unlock command that will
4505 erase the device.
4506 @end deffn
4507
4508 @deffn Command {str9xpec part_id} num
4509 Prints the part identifier for bank @var{num}.
4510 @end deffn
4511
4512 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_cmap} num (@option{bank0}|@option{bank1})
4513 Configure str9 boot bank.
4514 @end deffn
4515
4516 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdsel} num (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
4517 Configure str9 lvd source.
4518 @end deffn
4519
4520 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdthd} num (@option{2.4v}|@option{2.7v})
4521 Configure str9 lvd threshold.
4522 @end deffn
4523
4524 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdwarn} bank (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
4525 Configure str9 lvd reset warning source.
4526 @end deffn
4527
4528 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_read} num
4529 Read str9 option bytes.
4530 @end deffn
4531
4532 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_write} num
4533 Write str9 option bytes.
4534 @end deffn
4535
4536 @deffn Command {str9xpec unlock} num
4537 unlock str9 device.
4538 @end deffn
4539
4540 @end deffn
4541
4542
4543 @section mFlash
4544
4545 @subsection mFlash Configuration
4546 @cindex mFlash Configuration
4547
4548 @deffn {Config Command} {mflash bank} soc base RST_pin target
4549 Configures a mflash for @var{soc} host bank at
4550 address @var{base}.
4551 The pin number format depends on the host GPIO naming convention.
4552 Currently, the mflash driver supports s3c2440 and pxa270.
4553
4554 Example for s3c2440 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO B1:
4555
4556 @example
4557 mflash bank s3c2440 0x10000000 1b 0
4558 @end example
4559
4560 Example for pxa270 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO 43:
4561
4562 @example
4563 mflash bank pxa270 0x08000000 43 0
4564 @end example
4565 @end deffn
4566
4567 @subsection mFlash commands
4568 @cindex mFlash commands
4569
4570 @deffn Command {mflash config pll} frequency
4571 Configure mflash PLL.
4572 The @var{frequency} is the mflash input frequency, in Hz.
4573 Issuing this command will erase mflash's whole internal nand and write new pll.
4574 After this command, mflash needs power-on-reset for normal operation.
4575 If pll was newly configured, storage and boot(optional) info also need to be update.
4576 @end deffn
4577
4578 @deffn Command {mflash config boot}
4579 Configure bootable option.
4580 If bootable option is set, mflash offer the first 8 sectors
4581 (4kB) for boot.
4582 @end deffn
4583
4584 @deffn Command {mflash config storage}
4585 Configure storage information.
4586 For the normal storage operation, this information must be
4587 written.
4588 @end deffn
4589
4590 @deffn Command {mflash dump} num filename offset size
4591 Dump @var{size} bytes, starting at @var{offset} bytes from the
4592 beginning of the bank @var{num}, to the file named @var{filename}.
4593 @end deffn
4594
4595 @deffn Command {mflash probe}
4596 Probe mflash.
4597 @end deffn
4598
4599 @deffn Command {mflash write} num filename offset
4600 Write the binary file @var{filename} to mflash bank @var{num}, starting at
4601 @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
4602 @end deffn
4603
4604 @node NAND Flash Commands
4605 @chapter NAND Flash Commands
4606 @cindex NAND
4607
4608 Compared to NOR or SPI flash, NAND devices are inexpensive
4609 and high density. Today's NAND chips, and multi-chip modules,
4610 commonly hold multiple GigaBytes of data.
4611
4612 NAND chips consist of a number of ``erase blocks'' of a given
4613 size (such as 128 KBytes), each of which is divided into a
4614 number of pages (of perhaps 512 or 2048 bytes each). Each
4615 page of a NAND flash has an ``out of band'' (OOB) area to hold
4616 Error Correcting Code (ECC) and other metadata, usually 16 bytes
4617 of OOB for every 512 bytes of page data.
4618
4619 One key characteristic of NAND flash is that its error rate
4620 is higher than that of NOR flash. In normal operation, that
4621 ECC is used to correct and detect errors. However, NAND
4622 blocks can also wear out and become unusable; those blocks
4623 are then marked "bad". NAND chips are even shipped from the
4624 manufacturer with a few bad blocks. The highest density chips
4625 use a technology (MLC) that wears out more quickly, so ECC
4626 support is increasingly important as a way to detect blocks
4627 that have begun to fail, and help to preserve data integrity
4628 with techniques such as wear leveling.
4629
4630 Software is used to manage the ECC. Some controllers don't
4631 support ECC directly; in those cases, software ECC is used.
4632 Other controllers speed up the ECC calculations with hardware.
4633 Single-bit error correction hardware is routine. Controllers
4634 geared for newer MLC chips may correct 4 or more errors for
4635 every 512 bytes of data.
4636
4637 You will need to make sure that any data you write using
4638 OpenOCD includes the apppropriate kind of ECC. For example,
4639 that may mean passing the @code{oob_softecc} flag when
4640 writing NAND data, or ensuring that the correct hardware
4641 ECC mode is used.
4642
4643 The basic steps for using NAND devices include:
4644 @enumerate
4645 @item Declare via the command @command{nand device}
4646 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
4647 passing parameters as needed by the controller.
4648 @item Configure each device using @command{nand probe}.
4649 @* Do this only after the associated target is set up,
4650 such as in its reset-init script or in procures defined
4651 to access that device.
4652 @item Operate on the flash via @command{nand subcommand}
4653 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
4654 via a script in some automated way. Common task include writing a
4655 boot loader, operating system, or other data needed to initialize or
4656 de-brick a board.
4657 @end enumerate
4658
4659 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, the largest NAND
4660 flash fully supported by OpenOCD is 2 GiBytes (16 GiBits).
4661 This is because the variables used to hold offsets and lengths
4662 are only 32 bits wide.
4663 (Larger chips may work in some cases, unless an offset or length
4664 is larger than 0xffffffff, the largest 32-bit unsigned integer.)
4665 Some larger devices will work, since they are actually multi-chip
4666 modules with two smaller chips and individual chipselect lines.
4667
4668 @anchor{NAND Configuration}
4669 @section NAND Configuration Commands
4670 @cindex NAND configuration
4671
4672 NAND chips must be declared in configuration scripts,
4673 plus some additional configuration that's done after
4674 OpenOCD has initialized.
4675
4676 @deffn {Config Command} {nand device} name controller target [configparams...]
4677 Declares a NAND device, which can be read and written to
4678 after it has been configured through @command{nand probe}.
4679 In OpenOCD, devices are single chips; this is unlike some
4680 operating systems, which may manage multiple chips as if
4681 they were a single (larger) device.
4682 In some cases, configuring a device will activate extra
4683 commands; see the controller-specific documentation.
4684
4685 @b{NOTE:} This command is not available after OpenOCD
4686 initialization has completed. Use it in board specific
4687 configuration files, not interactively.
4688
4689 @itemize @bullet
4690 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the NAND bank
4691 in other commands.
4692 @item @var{controller} ... identifies the controller driver
4693 associated with the NAND device being declared.
4694 @xref{NAND Driver List}.
4695 @item @var{target} ... names the target used when issuing
4696 commands to the NAND controller.
4697 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
4698 @item @var{configparams} ... controllers may support, or require,
4699 additional parameters. See the controller-specific documentation
4700 for more information.
4701 @end itemize
4702 @end deffn
4703
4704 @deffn Command {nand list}
4705 Prints a summary of each device declared
4706 using @command{nand device}, numbered from zero.
4707 Note that un-probed devices show no details.
4708 @example
4709 > nand list
4710 #0: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
4711 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
4712 #1: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
4713 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
4714 >
4715 @end example
4716 @end deffn
4717
4718 @deffn Command {nand probe} num
4719 Probes the specified device to determine key characteristics
4720 like its page and block sizes, and how many blocks it has.
4721 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4722 You must (successfully) probe a device before you can use
4723 it with most other NAND commands.
4724 @end deffn
4725
4726 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to NAND Flash
4727
4728 @deffn Command {nand dump} num filename offset length [oob_option]
4729 @cindex NAND reading
4730 Reads binary data from the NAND device and writes it to the file,
4731 starting at the specified offset.
4732 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4733
4734 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
4735 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
4736
4737 The @var{offset} and @var{length} must be exact multiples of the
4738 device's page size. They describe a data region; the OOB data
4739 associated with each such page may also be accessed.
4740
4741 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, no error correction
4742 was done on the data that's read, unless raw access was disabled
4743 and the underlying NAND controller driver had a @code{read_page}
4744 method which handled that error correction.
4745
4746 By default, only page data is saved to the specified file.
4747 Use an @var{oob_option} parameter to save OOB data:
4748 @itemize @bullet
4749 @item no oob_* parameter
4750 @*Output file holds only page data; OOB is discarded.
4751 @item @code{oob_raw}
4752 @*Output file interleaves page data and OOB data;
4753 the file will be longer than "length" by the size of the
4754 spare areas associated with each data page.
4755 Note that this kind of "raw" access is different from
4756 what's implied by @command{nand raw_access}, which just
4757 controls whether a hardware-aware access method is used.
4758 @item @code{oob_only}
4759 @*Output file has only raw OOB data, and will
4760 be smaller than "length" since it will contain only the
4761 spare areas associated with each data page.
4762 @end itemize
4763 @end deffn
4764
4765 @deffn Command {nand erase} num [offset length]
4766 @cindex NAND erasing
4767 @cindex NAND programming
4768 Erases blocks on the specified NAND device, starting at the
4769 specified @var{offset} and continuing for @var{length} bytes.
4770 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
4771 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
4772 If those parameters are not specified,
4773 the whole NAND chip will be erased.
4774 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4775
4776 @b{NOTE:} This command will try to erase bad blocks, when told
4777 to do so, which will probably invalidate the manufacturer's bad
4778 block marker.
4779 For the remainder of the current server session, @command{nand info}
4780 will still report that the block ``is'' bad.
4781 @end deffn
4782
4783 @deffn Command {nand write} num filename offset [option...]
4784 @cindex NAND writing
4785 @cindex NAND programming
4786 Writes binary data from the file into the specified NAND device,
4787 starting at the specified offset. Those pages should already
4788 have been erased; you can't change zero bits to one bits.
4789 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4790
4791 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
4792 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
4793
4794 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
4795 All data in the file will be written, assuming it doesn't run
4796 past the end of the device.
4797 Only full pages are written, and any extra space in the last
4798 page will be filled with 0xff bytes. (That includes OOB data,
4799 if that's being written.)
4800
4801 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, bad blocks are
4802 ignored. That is, this routine will not skip bad blocks,
4803 but will instead try to write them. This can cause problems.
4804
4805 Provide at most one @var{option} parameter. With some
4806 NAND drivers, the meanings of these parameters may change
4807 if @command{nand raw_access} was used to disable hardware ECC.
4808 @itemize @bullet
4809 @item no oob_* parameter
4810 @*File has only page data, which is written.
4811 If raw acccess is in use, the OOB area will not be written.
4812 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
4813 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may write the OOB
4814 with hardware-computed ECC data.
4815 @item @code{oob_only}
4816 @*File has only raw OOB data, which is written to the OOB area.
4817 Each page's data area stays untouched. @i{This can be a dangerous
4818 option}, since it can invalidate the ECC data.
4819 You may need to force raw access to use this mode.
4820 @item @code{oob_raw}
4821 @*File interleaves data and OOB data, both of which are written
4822 If raw access is enabled, the data is written first, then the
4823 un-altered OOB.
4824 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
4825 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may modify the OOB
4826 before it's written, to include hardware-computed ECC data.
4827 @item @code{oob_softecc}
4828 @*File has only page data, which is written.
4829 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a standard 1-bit
4830 software ECC code stored in conventional locations.
4831 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
4832 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
4833 @item @code{oob_softecc_kw}
4834 @*File has only page data, which is written.
4835 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a 4-bit software ECC
4836 specific to the boot ROM in Marvell Kirkwood SoCs.
4837 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
4838 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
4839 @end itemize
4840 @end deffn
4841
4842 @deffn Command {nand verify} num filename offset [option...]
4843 @cindex NAND verification
4844 @cindex NAND programming
4845 Verify the binary data in the file has been programmed to the
4846 specified NAND device, starting at the specified offset.
4847 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4848
4849 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
4850 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
4851
4852 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
4853 All data in the file will be read and compared to the contents of the
4854 flash, assuming it doesn't run past the end of the device.
4855 As with @command{nand write}, only full pages are verified, so any extra
4856 space in the last page will be filled with 0xff bytes.
4857
4858 The same @var{options} accepted by @command{nand write},
4859 and the file will be processed similarly to produce the buffers that
4860 can be compared against the contents produced from @command{nand dump}.
4861
4862 @b{NOTE:} This will not work when the underlying NAND controller
4863 driver's @code{write_page} routine must update the OOB with a
4864 hardward-computed ECC before the data is written. This limitation may
4865 be removed in a future release.
4866 @end deffn
4867
4868 @section Other NAND commands
4869 @cindex NAND other commands
4870
4871 @deffn Command {nand check_bad_blocks} [offset length]
4872 Checks for manufacturer bad block markers on the specified NAND
4873 device. If no parameters are provided, checks the whole
4874 device; otherwise, starts at the specified @var{offset} and
4875 continues for @var{length} bytes.
4876 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
4877 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
4878 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4879
4880 @b{NOTE:} Before using this command you should force raw access
4881 with @command{nand raw_access enable} to ensure that the underlying
4882 driver will not try to apply hardware ECC.
4883 @end deffn
4884
4885 @deffn Command {nand info} num
4886 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4887 This prints the one-line summary from "nand list", plus for
4888 devices which have been probed this also prints any known
4889 status for each block.
4890 @end deffn
4891
4892 @deffn Command {nand raw_access} num (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
4893 Sets or clears an flag affecting how page I/O is done.
4894 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4895
4896 This flag is cleared (disabled) by default, but changing that
4897 value won't affect all NAND devices. The key factor is whether
4898 the underlying driver provides @code{read_page} or @code{write_page}
4899 methods. If it doesn't provide those methods, the setting of
4900 this flag is irrelevant; all access is effectively ``raw''.
4901
4902 When those methods exist, they are normally used when reading
4903 data (@command{nand dump} or reading bad block markers) or
4904 writing it (@command{nand write}). However, enabling
4905 raw access (setting the flag) prevents use of those methods,
4906 bypassing hardware ECC logic.
4907 @i{This can be a dangerous option}, since writing blocks
4908 with the wrong ECC data can cause them to be marked as bad.
4909 @end deffn
4910
4911 @anchor{NAND Driver List}
4912 @section NAND Driver List
4913 As noted above, the @command{nand device} command allows
4914 driver-specific options and behaviors.
4915 Some controllers also activate controller-specific commands.
4916
4917 @deffn {NAND Driver} at91sam9
4918 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on AT91SAM9 family chips from
4919 Atmel. It takes two extra parameters: address of the NAND chip;
4920 address of the ECC controller.
4921 @example
4922 nand device $NANDFLASH at91sam9 $CHIPNAME 0x40000000 0xfffffe800
4923 @end example
4924 AT91SAM9 chips support single-bit ECC hardware. The @code{write_page} and
4925 @code{read_page} methods are used to utilize the ECC hardware unless they are
4926 disabled by using the @command{nand raw_access} command. There are four
4927 additional commands that are needed to fully configure the AT91SAM9 NAND
4928 controller. Two are optional; most boards use the same wiring for ALE/CLE:
4929 @deffn Command {at91sam9 cle} num addr_line
4930 Configure the address line used for latching commands. The @var{num}
4931 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4932 @end deffn
4933 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ale} num addr_line
4934 Configure the address line used for latching addresses. The @var{num}
4935 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4936 @end deffn
4937
4938 For the next two commands, it is assumed that the pins have already been
4939 properly configured for input or output.
4940 @deffn Command {at91sam9 rdy_busy} num pio_base_addr pin
4941 Configure the RDY/nBUSY input from the NAND device. The @var{num}
4942 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
4943 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
4944 @end deffn
4945 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ce} num pio_base_addr pin
4946 Configure the chip enable input to the NAND device. The @var{num}
4947 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
4948 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
4949 @end deffn
4950 @end deffn
4951
4952 @deffn {NAND Driver} davinci
4953 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on DaVinci family
4954 chips from Texas Instruments.
4955 It takes three extra parameters:
4956 address of the NAND chip;
4957 hardware ECC mode to use (@option{hwecc1},
4958 @option{hwecc4}, @option{hwecc4_infix});
4959 address of the AEMIF controller on this processor.
4960 @example
4961 nand device davinci dm355.arm 0x02000000 hwecc4 0x01e10000
4962 @end example
4963 All DaVinci processors support the single-bit ECC hardware,
4964 and newer ones also support the four-bit ECC hardware.
4965 The @code{write_page} and @code{read_page} methods are used
4966 to implement those ECC modes, unless they are disabled using
4967 the @command{nand raw_access} command.
4968 @end deffn
4969
4970 @deffn {NAND Driver} lpc3180
4971 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
4972 parameter: the clock rate used by the controller.
4973 @deffn Command {lpc3180 select} num [mlc|slc]
4974 Configures use of the MLC or SLC controller mode.
4975 MLC implies use of hardware ECC.
4976 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4977 @end deffn
4978
4979 At this writing, this driver includes @code{write_page}
4980 and @code{read_page} methods. Using @command{nand raw_access}
4981 to disable those methods will prevent use of hardware ECC
4982 in the MLC controller mode, but won't change SLC behavior.
4983 @end deffn
4984 @comment current lpc3180 code won't issue 5-byte address cycles
4985
4986 @deffn {NAND Driver} orion
4987 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
4988 parameter: the address of the controller.
4989 @example
4990 nand device orion 0xd8000000
4991 @end example
4992 These controllers don't define any specialized commands.
4993 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
4994 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
4995 change any behavior.
4996 @end deffn
4997
4998 @deffn {NAND Driver} s3c2410
4999 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2412
5000 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2440
5001 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2443
5002 These S3C24xx family controllers don't have any special
5003 @command{nand device} options, and don't define any
5004 specialized commands.
5005 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
5006 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
5007 change any behavior.
5008 @end deffn
5009
5010 @node PLD/FPGA Commands
5011 @chapter PLD/FPGA Commands
5012 @cindex PLD
5013 @cindex FPGA
5014
5015 Programmable Logic Devices (PLDs) and the more flexible
5016 Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs) are both types of programmable hardware.
5017 OpenOCD can support programming them.
5018 Although PLDs are generally restrictive (cells are less functional, and
5019 there are no special purpose cells for memory or computational tasks),
5020 they share the same OpenOCD infrastructure.
5021 Accordingly, both are called PLDs here.
5022
5023 @section PLD/FPGA Configuration and Commands
5024
5025 As it does for JTAG TAPs, debug targets, and flash chips (both NOR and NAND),
5026 OpenOCD maintains a list of PLDs available for use in various commands.
5027 Also, each such PLD requires a driver.
5028
5029 They are referenced by the number shown by the @command{pld devices} command,
5030 and new PLDs are defined by @command{pld device driver_name}.
5031
5032 @deffn {Config Command} {pld device} driver_name tap_name [driver_options]
5033 Defines a new PLD device, supported by driver @var{driver_name},
5034 using the TAP named @var{tap_name}.
5035 The driver may make use of any @var{driver_options} to configure its
5036 behavior.
5037 @end deffn
5038
5039 @deffn {Command} {pld devices}
5040 Lists the PLDs and their numbers.
5041 @end deffn
5042
5043 @deffn {Command} {pld load} num filename
5044 Loads the file @file{filename} into the PLD identified by @var{num}.
5045 The file format must be inferred by the driver.
5046 @end deffn
5047
5048 @section PLD/FPGA Drivers, Options, and Commands
5049
5050 Drivers may support PLD-specific options to the @command{pld device}
5051 definition command, and may also define commands usable only with
5052 that particular type of PLD.
5053
5054 @deffn {FPGA Driver} virtex2
5055 Virtex-II is a family of FPGAs sold by Xilinx.
5056 It supports the IEEE 1532 standard for In-System Configuration (ISC).
5057 No driver-specific PLD definition options are used,
5058 and one driver-specific command is defined.
5059
5060 @deffn {Command} {virtex2 read_stat} num
5061 Reads and displays the Virtex-II status register (STAT)
5062 for FPGA @var{num}.
5063 @end deffn
5064 @end deffn
5065
5066 @node General Commands
5067 @chapter General Commands
5068 @cindex commands
5069
5070 The commands documented in this chapter here are common commands that
5071 you, as a human, may want to type and see the output of. Configuration type
5072 commands are documented elsewhere.
5073
5074 Intent:
5075 @itemize @bullet
5076 @item @b{Source Of Commands}
5077 @* OpenOCD commands can occur in a configuration script (discussed
5078 elsewhere) or typed manually by a human or supplied programatically,
5079 or via one of several TCP/IP Ports.
5080
5081 @item @b{From the human}
5082 @* A human should interact with the telnet interface (default port: 4444)
5083 or via GDB (default port 3333).
5084
5085 To issue commands from within a GDB session, use the @option{monitor}
5086 command, e.g. use @option{monitor poll} to issue the @option{poll}
5087 command. All output is relayed through the GDB session.
5088
5089 @item @b{Machine Interface}
5090 The Tcl interface's intent is to be a machine interface. The default Tcl
5091 port is 5555.
5092 @end itemize
5093
5094
5095 @section Daemon Commands
5096
5097 @deffn {Command} exit
5098 Exits the current telnet session.
5099 @end deffn
5100
5101 @deffn {Command} help [string]
5102 With no parameters, prints help text for all commands.
5103 Otherwise, prints each helptext containing @var{string}.
5104 Not every command provides helptext.
5105
5106 Configuration commands, and commands valid at any time, are
5107 explicitly noted in parenthesis.
5108 In most cases, no such restriction is listed; this indicates commands
5109 which are only available after the configuration stage has completed.
5110 @end deffn
5111
5112 @deffn Command sleep msec [@option{busy}]
5113 Wait for at least @var{msec} milliseconds before resuming.
5114 If @option{busy} is passed, busy-wait instead of sleeping.
5115 (This option is strongly discouraged.)
5116 Useful in connection with script files
5117 (@command{script} command and @command{target_name} configuration).
5118 @end deffn
5119
5120 @deffn Command shutdown
5121 Close the OpenOCD daemon, disconnecting all clients (GDB, telnet, other).
5122 @end deffn
5123
5124 @anchor{debug_level}
5125 @deffn Command debug_level [n]
5126 @cindex message level
5127 Display debug level.
5128 If @var{n} (from 0..3) is provided, then set it to that level.
5129 This affects the kind of messages sent to the server log.
5130 Level 0 is error messages only;
5131 level 1 adds warnings;
5132 level 2 adds informational messages;
5133 and level 3 adds debugging messages.
5134 The default is level 2, but that can be overridden on
5135 the command line along with the location of that log
5136 file (which is normally the server's standard output).
5137 @xref{Running}.
5138 @end deffn
5139
5140 @deffn Command fast (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5141 Default disabled.
5142 Set default behaviour of OpenOCD to be "fast and dangerous".
5143
5144 At this writing, this only affects the defaults for two ARM7/ARM9 parameters:
5145 fast memory access, and DCC downloads. Those parameters may still be
5146 individually overridden.
5147
5148 The target specific "dangerous" optimisation tweaking options may come and go
5149 as more robust and user friendly ways are found to ensure maximum throughput
5150 and robustness with a minimum of configuration.
5151
5152 Typically the "fast enable" is specified first on the command line:
5153
5154 @example
5155 openocd -c "fast enable" -c "interface dummy" -f target/str710.cfg
5156 @end example
5157 @end deffn
5158
5159 @deffn Command echo message
5160 Logs a message at "user" priority.
5161 Output @var{message} to stdout.
5162 @example
5163 echo "Downloading kernel -- please wait"
5164 @end example
5165 @end deffn
5166
5167 @deffn Command log_output [filename]
5168 Redirect logging to @var{filename};
5169 the initial log output channel is stderr.
5170 @end deffn
5171
5172 @anchor{Target State handling}
5173 @section Target State handling
5174 @cindex reset
5175 @cindex halt
5176 @cindex target initialization
5177
5178 In this section ``target'' refers to a CPU configured as
5179 shown earlier (@pxref{CPU Configuration}).
5180 These commands, like many, implicitly refer to
5181 a current target which is used to perform the
5182 various operations. The current target may be changed
5183 by using @command{targets} command with the name of the
5184 target which should become current.
5185
5186 @deffn Command reg [(number|name) [value]]
5187 Access a single register by @var{number} or by its @var{name}.
5188 The target must generally be halted before access to CPU core
5189 registers is allowed. Depending on the hardware, some other
5190 registers may be accessible while the target is running.
5191
5192 @emph{With no arguments}:
5193 list all available registers for the current target,
5194 showing number, name, size, value, and cache status.
5195 For valid entries, a value is shown; valid entries
5196 which are also dirty (and will be written back later)
5197 are flagged as such.
5198
5199 @emph{With number/name}: display that register's value.
5200
5201 @emph{With both number/name and value}: set register's value.
5202 Writes may be held in a writeback cache internal to OpenOCD,
5203 so that setting the value marks the register as dirty instead
5204 of immediately flushing that value. Resuming CPU execution
5205 (including by single stepping) or otherwise activating the
5206 relevant module will flush such values.
5207
5208 Cores may have surprisingly many registers in their
5209 Debug and trace infrastructure:
5210
5211 @example
5212 > reg
5213 ===== ARM registers
5214 (0) r0 (/32): 0x0000D3C2 (dirty)
5215 (1) r1 (/32): 0xFD61F31C
5216 (2) r2 (/32)
5217 ...
5218 (164) ETM_contextid_comparator_mask (/32)
5219 >
5220 @end example
5221 @end deffn
5222
5223 @deffn Command halt [ms]
5224 @deffnx Command wait_halt [ms]
5225 The @command{halt} command first sends a halt request to the target,
5226 which @command{wait_halt} doesn't.
5227 Otherwise these behave the same: wait up to @var{ms} milliseconds,
5228 or 5 seconds if there is no parameter, for the target to halt
5229 (and enter debug mode).
5230 Using 0 as the @var{ms} parameter prevents OpenOCD from waiting.
5231
5232 @quotation Warning
5233 On ARM cores, software using the @emph{wait for interrupt} operation
5234 often blocks the JTAG access needed by a @command{halt} command.
5235 This is because that operation also puts the core into a low
5236 power mode by gating the core clock;
5237 but the core clock is needed to detect JTAG clock transitions.
5238
5239 One partial workaround uses adaptive clocking: when the core is
5240 interrupted the operation completes, then JTAG clocks are accepted
5241 at least until the interrupt handler completes.
5242 However, this workaround is often unusable since the processor, board,
5243 and JTAG adapter must all support adaptive JTAG clocking.
5244 Also, it can't work until an interrupt is issued.
5245
5246 A more complete workaround is to not use that operation while you
5247 work with a JTAG debugger.
5248 Tasking environments generaly have idle loops where the body is the
5249 @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
5250 (On older cores, it is a coprocessor action;
5251 newer cores have a @option{wfi} instruction.)
5252 Such loops can just remove that operation, at the cost of higher
5253 power consumption (because the CPU is needlessly clocked).
5254 @end quotation
5255
5256 @end deffn
5257
5258 @deffn Command resume [address]
5259 Resume the target at its current code position,
5260 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
5261 OpenOCD will wait 5 seconds for the target to resume.
5262 @end deffn
5263
5264 @deffn Command step [address]
5265 Single-step the target at its current code position,
5266 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
5267 @end deffn
5268
5269 @anchor{Reset Command}
5270 @deffn Command reset
5271 @deffnx Command {reset run}
5272 @deffnx Command {reset halt}
5273 @deffnx Command {reset init}
5274 Perform as hard a reset as possible, using SRST if possible.
5275 @emph{All defined targets will be reset, and target
5276 events will fire during the reset sequence.}
5277
5278 The optional parameter specifies what should
5279 happen after the reset.
5280 If there is no parameter, a @command{reset run} is executed.
5281 The other options will not work on all systems.
5282 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
5283
5284 @itemize @minus
5285 @item @b{run} Let the target run
5286 @item @b{halt} Immediately halt the target
5287 @item @b{init} Immediately halt the target, and execute the reset-init script
5288 @end itemize
5289 @end deffn
5290
5291 @deffn Command soft_reset_halt
5292 Requesting target halt and executing a soft reset. This is often used
5293 when a target cannot be reset and halted. The target, after reset is
5294 released begins to execute code. OpenOCD attempts to stop the CPU and
5295 then sets the program counter back to the reset vector. Unfortunately
5296 the code that was executed may have left the hardware in an unknown
5297 state.
5298 @end deffn
5299
5300 @section I/O Utilities
5301
5302 These commands are available when
5303 OpenOCD is built with @option{--enable-ioutil}.
5304 They are mainly useful on embedded targets,
5305 notably the ZY1000.
5306 Hosts with operating systems have complementary tools.
5307
5308 @emph{Note:} there are several more such commands.
5309
5310 @deffn Command append_file filename [string]*
5311 Appends the @var{string} parameters to
5312 the text file @file{filename}.
5313 Each string except the last one is followed by one space.
5314 The last string is followed by a newline.
5315 @end deffn
5316
5317 @deffn Command cat filename
5318 Reads and displays the text file @file{filename}.
5319 @end deffn
5320
5321 @deffn Command cp src_filename dest_filename
5322 Copies contents from the file @file{src_filename}
5323 into @file{dest_filename}.
5324 @end deffn
5325
5326 @deffn Command ip
5327 @emph{No description provided.}
5328 @end deffn
5329
5330 @deffn Command ls
5331 @emph{No description provided.}
5332 @end deffn
5333
5334 @deffn Command mac
5335 @emph{No description provided.}
5336 @end deffn
5337
5338 @deffn Command meminfo
5339 Display available RAM memory on OpenOCD host.
5340 Used in OpenOCD regression testing scripts.
5341 @end deffn
5342
5343 @deffn Command peek
5344 @emph{No description provided.}
5345 @end deffn
5346
5347 @deffn Command poke
5348 @emph{No description provided.}
5349 @end deffn
5350
5351 @deffn Command rm filename
5352 @c "rm" has both normal and Jim-level versions??
5353 Unlinks the file @file{filename}.
5354 @end deffn
5355
5356 @deffn Command trunc filename
5357 Removes all data in the file @file{filename}.
5358 @end deffn
5359
5360 @anchor{Memory access}
5361 @section Memory access commands
5362 @cindex memory access
5363
5364 These commands allow accesses of a specific size to the memory
5365 system. Often these are used to configure the current target in some
5366 special way. For example - one may need to write certain values to the
5367 SDRAM controller to enable SDRAM.
5368
5369 @enumerate
5370 @item Use the @command{targets} (plural) command
5371 to change the current target.
5372 @item In system level scripts these commands are deprecated.
5373 Please use their TARGET object siblings to avoid making assumptions
5374 about what TAP is the current target, or about MMU configuration.
5375 @end enumerate
5376
5377 @deffn Command mdw [phys] addr [count]
5378 @deffnx Command mdh [phys] addr [count]
5379 @deffnx Command mdb [phys] addr [count]
5380 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
5381 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
5382 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
5383 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
5384 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
5385 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
5386 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
5387 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
5388 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
5389 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
5390 @end deffn
5391
5392 @deffn Command mww [phys] addr word
5393 @deffnx Command mwh [phys] addr halfword
5394 @deffnx Command mwb [phys] addr byte
5395 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
5396 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) value,
5397 at the specified address @var{addr}.
5398 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
5399 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
5400 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
5401 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
5402 @end deffn
5403
5404
5405 @anchor{Image access}
5406 @section Image loading commands
5407 @cindex image loading
5408 @cindex image dumping
5409
5410 @anchor{dump_image}
5411 @deffn Command {dump_image} filename address size
5412 Dump @var{size} bytes of target memory starting at @var{address} to the
5413 binary file named @var{filename}.
5414 @end deffn
5415
5416 @deffn Command {fast_load}
5417 Loads an image stored in memory by @command{fast_load_image} to the
5418 current target. Must be preceeded by fast_load_image.
5419 @end deffn
5420
5421 @deffn Command {fast_load_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
5422 Normally you should be using @command{load_image} or GDB load. However, for
5423 testing purposes or when I/O overhead is significant(OpenOCD running on an embedded
5424 host), storing the image in memory and uploading the image to the target
5425 can be a way to upload e.g. multiple debug sessions when the binary does not change.
5426 Arguments are the same as @command{load_image}, but the image is stored in OpenOCD host
5427 memory, i.e. does not affect target. This approach is also useful when profiling
5428 target programming performance as I/O and target programming can easily be profiled
5429 separately.
5430 @end deffn
5431
5432 @anchor{load_image}
5433 @deffn Command {load_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
5434 Load image from file @var{filename} to target memory at @var{address}.
5435 The file format may optionally be specified
5436 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
5437 @end deffn
5438
5439 @deffn Command {test_image} filename [address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]]
5440 Displays image section sizes and addresses
5441 as if @var{filename} were loaded into target memory
5442 starting at @var{address} (defaults to zero).
5443 The file format may optionally be specified
5444 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
5445 @end deffn
5446
5447 @deffn Command {verify_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
5448 Verify @var{filename} against target memory starting at @var{address}.
5449 The file format may optionally be specified
5450 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
5451 This will first attempt a comparison using a CRC checksum, if this fails it will try a binary compare.
5452 @end deffn
5453
5454
5455 @section Breakpoint and Watchpoint commands
5456 @cindex breakpoint
5457 @cindex watchpoint
5458
5459 CPUs often make debug modules accessible through JTAG, with
5460 hardware support for a handful of code breakpoints and data
5461 watchpoints.
5462 In addition, CPUs almost always support software breakpoints.
5463
5464 @deffn Command {bp} [address len [@option{hw}]]
5465 With no parameters, lists all active breakpoints.
5466 Else sets a breakpoint on code execution starting
5467 at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
5468 This is a software breakpoint, unless @option{hw} is specified
5469 in which case it will be a hardware breakpoint.
5470
5471 (@xref{arm9 vector_catch}, or @pxref{xscale vector_catch},
5472 for similar mechanisms that do not consume hardware breakpoints.)
5473 @end deffn
5474
5475 @deffn Command {rbp} address
5476 Remove the breakpoint at @var{address}.
5477 @end deffn
5478
5479 @deffn Command {rwp} address
5480 Remove data watchpoint on @var{address}
5481 @end deffn
5482
5483 @deffn Command {wp} [address len [(@option{r}|@option{w}|@option{a}) [value [mask]]]]
5484 With no parameters, lists all active watchpoints.
5485 Else sets a data watchpoint on data from @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
5486 The watch point is an "access" watchpoint unless
5487 the @option{r} or @option{w} parameter is provided,
5488 defining it as respectively a read or write watchpoint.
5489 If a @var{value} is provided, that value is used when determining if
5490 the watchpoint should trigger. The value may be first be masked
5491 using @var{mask} to mark ``don't care'' fields.
5492 @end deffn
5493
5494 @section Misc Commands
5495
5496 @cindex profiling
5497 @deffn Command {profile} seconds filename
5498 Profiling samples the CPU's program counter as quickly as possible,
5499 which is useful for non-intrusive stochastic profiling.
5500 Saves up to 10000 sampines in @file{filename} using ``gmon.out'' format.
5501 @end deffn
5502
5503 @deffn Command {version}
5504 Displays a string identifying the version of this OpenOCD server.
5505 @end deffn
5506
5507 @deffn Command {virt2phys} virtual_address
5508 Requests the current target to map the specified @var{virtual_address}
5509 to its corresponding physical address, and displays the result.
5510 @end deffn
5511
5512 @node Architecture and Core Commands
5513 @chapter Architecture and Core Commands
5514 @cindex Architecture Specific Commands
5515 @cindex Core Specific Commands
5516
5517 Most CPUs have specialized JTAG operations to support debugging.
5518 OpenOCD packages most such operations in its standard command framework.
5519 Some of those operations don't fit well in that framework, so they are
5520 exposed here as architecture or implementation (core) specific commands.
5521
5522 @anchor{ARM Hardware Tracing}
5523 @section ARM Hardware Tracing
5524 @cindex tracing
5525 @cindex ETM
5526 @cindex ETB
5527
5528 CPUs based on ARM cores may include standard tracing interfaces,
5529 based on an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM) which sends voluminous
5530 address and data bus trace records to a ``Trace Port''.
5531
5532 @itemize
5533 @item
5534 Development-oriented boards will sometimes provide a high speed
5535 trace connector for collecting that data, when the particular CPU
5536 supports such an interface.
5537 (The standard connector is a 38-pin Mictor, with both JTAG
5538 and trace port support.)
5539 Those trace connectors are supported by higher end JTAG adapters
5540 and some logic analyzer modules; frequently those modules can
5541 buffer several megabytes of trace data.
5542 Configuring an ETM coupled to such an external trace port belongs
5543 in the board-specific configuration file.
5544 @item
5545 If the CPU doesn't provide an external interface, it probably
5546 has an ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB) on the chip, which is a
5547 dedicated SRAM. 4KBytes is one common ETB size.
5548 Configuring an ETM coupled only to an ETB belongs in the CPU-specific
5549 (target) configuration file, since it works the same on all boards.
5550 @end itemize
5551
5552 ETM support in OpenOCD doesn't seem to be widely used yet.
5553
5554 @quotation Issues
5555 ETM support may be buggy, and at least some @command{etm config}
5556 parameters should be detected by asking the ETM for them.
5557
5558 ETM trigger events could also implement a kind of complex
5559 hardware breakpoint, much more powerful than the simple
5560 watchpoint hardware exported by EmbeddedICE modules.
5561 @emph{Such breakpoints can be triggered even when using the
5562 dummy trace port driver}.
5563
5564 It seems like a GDB hookup should be possible,
5565 as well as tracing only during specific states
5566 (perhaps @emph{handling IRQ 23} or @emph{calls foo()}).
5567
5568 There should be GUI tools to manipulate saved trace data and help
5569 analyse it in conjunction with the source code.
5570 It's unclear how much of a common interface is shared
5571 with the current XScale trace support, or should be
5572 shared with eventual Nexus-style trace module support.
5573
5574 At this writing (November 2009) only ARM7, ARM9, and ARM11 support
5575 for ETM modules is available. The code should be able to
5576 work with some newer cores; but not all of them support
5577 this original style of JTAG access.
5578 @end quotation
5579
5580 @subsection ETM Configuration
5581 ETM setup is coupled with the trace port driver configuration.
5582
5583 @deffn {Config Command} {etm config} target width mode clocking driver
5584 Declares the ETM associated with @var{target}, and associates it
5585 with a given trace port @var{driver}. @xref{Trace Port Drivers}.
5586
5587 Several of the parameters must reflect the trace port capabilities,
5588 which are a function of silicon capabilties (exposed later
5589 using @command{etm info}) and of what hardware is connected to
5590 that port (such as an external pod, or ETB).
5591 The @var{width} must be either 4, 8, or 16,
5592 except with ETMv3.0 and newer modules which may also
5593 support 1, 2, 24, 32, 48, and 64 bit widths.
5594 (With those versions, @command{etm info} also shows whether
5595 the selected port width and mode are supported.)
5596
5597 The @var{mode} must be @option{normal}, @option{multiplexed},
5598 or @option{demultiplexed}.
5599 The @var{clocking} must be @option{half} or @option{full}.
5600
5601 @quotation Warning
5602 With ETMv3.0 and newer, the bits set with the @var{mode} and
5603 @var{clocking} parameters both control the mode.
5604 This modified mode does not map to the values supported by
5605 previous ETM modules, so this syntax is subject to change.
5606 @end quotation
5607
5608 @quotation Note
5609 You can see the ETM registers using the @command{reg} command.
5610 Not all possible registers are present in every ETM.
5611 Most of the registers are write-only, and are used to configure
5612 what CPU activities are traced.
5613 @end quotation
5614 @end deffn
5615
5616 @deffn Command {etm info}
5617 Displays information about the current target's ETM.
5618 This includes resource counts from the @code{ETM_CONFIG} register,
5619 as well as silicon capabilities (except on rather old modules).
5620 from the @code{ETM_SYS_CONFIG} register.
5621 @end deffn
5622
5623 @deffn Command {etm status}
5624 Displays status of the current target's ETM and trace port driver:
5625 is the ETM idle, or is it collecting data?
5626 Did trace data overflow?
5627 Was it triggered?
5628 @end deffn
5629
5630 @deffn Command {etm tracemode} [type context_id_bits cycle_accurate branch_output]
5631 Displays what data that ETM will collect.
5632 If arguments are provided, first configures that data.
5633 When the configuration changes, tracing is stopped
5634 and any buffered trace data is invalidated.
5635
5636 @itemize
5637 @item @var{type} ... describing how data accesses are traced,
5638 when they pass any ViewData filtering that that was set up.
5639 The value is one of
5640 @option{none} (save nothing),
5641 @option{data} (save data),
5642 @option{address} (save addresses),
5643 @option{all} (save data and addresses)
5644 @item @var{context_id_bits} ... 0, 8, 16, or 32
5645 @item @var{cycle_accurate} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}
5646 cycle-accurate instruction tracing.
5647 Before ETMv3, enabling this causes much extra data to be recorded.
5648 @item @var{branch_output} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}.
5649 Disable this unless you need to try reconstructing the instruction
5650 trace stream without an image of the code.
5651 @end itemize
5652 @end deffn
5653
5654 @deffn Command {etm trigger_debug} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5655 Displays whether ETM triggering debug entry (like a breakpoint) is
5656 enabled or disabled, after optionally modifying that configuration.
5657 The default behaviour is @option{disable}.
5658 Any change takes effect after the next @command{etm start}.
5659
5660 By using script commands to configure ETM registers, you can make the
5661 processor enter debug state automatically when certain conditions,
5662 more complex than supported by the breakpoint hardware, happen.
5663 @end deffn
5664
5665 @subsection ETM Trace Operation
5666
5667 After setting up the ETM, you can use it to collect data.
5668 That data can be exported to files for later analysis.
5669 It can also be parsed with OpenOCD, for basic sanity checking.
5670
5671 To configure what is being traced, you will need to write
5672 various trace registers using @command{reg ETM_*} commands.
5673 For the definitions of these registers, read ARM publication
5674 @emph{IHI 0014, ``Embedded Trace Macrocell, Architecture Specification''}.
5675 Be aware that most of the relevant registers are write-only,
5676 and that ETM resources are limited. There are only a handful
5677 of address comparators, data comparators, counters, and so on.
5678
5679 Examples of scenarios you might arrange to trace include:
5680
5681 @itemize
5682 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{excluding} subroutines
5683 it calls. Use address range comparators to enable tracing
5684 for instruction access within that function's body.
5685 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{including} subroutines
5686 it calls. Use the sequencer and address comparators to activate
5687 tracing on an ``entered function'' state, then deactivate it by
5688 exiting that state when the function's exit code is invoked.
5689 @item Code flow starting at the fifth invocation of a function,
5690 combining one of the above models with a counter.
5691 @item CPU data accesses to the registers for a particular device,
5692 using address range comparators and the ViewData logic.
5693 @item Such data accesses only during IRQ handling, combining the above
5694 model with sequencer triggers which on entry and exit to the IRQ handler.
5695 @item @emph{... more}
5696 @end itemize
5697
5698 At this writing, September 2009, there are no Tcl utility
5699 procedures to help set up any common tracing scenarios.
5700
5701 @deffn Command {etm analyze}
5702 Reads trace data into memory, if it wasn't already present.
5703 Decodes and prints the data that was collected.
5704 @end deffn
5705
5706 @deffn Command {etm dump} filename
5707 Stores the captured trace data in @file{filename}.
5708 @end deffn
5709
5710 @deffn Command {etm image} filename [base_address] [type]
5711 Opens an image file.
5712 @end deffn
5713
5714 @deffn Command {etm load} filename
5715 Loads captured trace data from @file{filename}.
5716 @end deffn
5717
5718 @deffn Command {etm start}
5719 Starts trace data collection.
5720 @end deffn
5721
5722 @deffn Command {etm stop}
5723 Stops trace data collection.
5724 @end deffn
5725
5726 @anchor{Trace Port Drivers}
5727 @subsection Trace Port Drivers
5728
5729 To use an ETM trace port it must be associated with a driver.
5730
5731 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} dummy
5732 Use the @option{dummy} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
5733 not connected to anything (on-chip ETB or off-chip trace connector).
5734 @emph{This driver lets OpenOCD talk to the ETM, but it does not expose
5735 any trace data collection.}
5736 @deffn {Config Command} {etm_dummy config} target
5737 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a dummy driver.
5738 @end deffn
5739 @end deffn
5740
5741 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} etb
5742 Use the @option{etb} driver if you are configuring an ETM
5743 to use on-chip ETB memory.
5744 @deffn {Config Command} {etb config} target etb_tap
5745 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with the ETB at @var{etb_tap}.
5746 You can see the ETB registers using the @command{reg} command.
5747 @end deffn
5748 @deffn Command {etb trigger_percent} [percent]
5749 This displays, or optionally changes, ETB behavior after the
5750 ETM's configured @emph{trigger} event fires.
5751 It controls how much more trace data is saved after the (single)
5752 trace trigger becomes active.
5753
5754 @itemize
5755 @item The default corresponds to @emph{trace around} usage,
5756 recording 50 percent data before the event and the rest
5757 afterwards.
5758 @item The minimum value of @var{percent} is 2 percent,
5759 recording almost exclusively data before the trigger.
5760 Such extreme @emph{trace before} usage can help figure out
5761 what caused that event to happen.
5762 @item The maximum value of @var{percent} is 100 percent,
5763 recording data almost exclusively after the event.
5764 This extreme @emph{trace after} usage might help sort out
5765 how the event caused trouble.
5766 @end itemize
5767 @c REVISIT allow "break" too -- enter debug mode.
5768 @end deffn
5769
5770 @end deffn
5771
5772 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} oocd_trace
5773 This driver isn't available unless OpenOCD was explicitly configured
5774 with the @option{--enable-oocd_trace} option. You probably don't want
5775 to configure it unless you've built the appropriate prototype hardware;
5776 it's @emph{proof-of-concept} software.
5777
5778 Use the @option{oocd_trace} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
5779 connected to an off-chip trace connector.
5780
5781 @deffn {Config Command} {oocd_trace config} target tty
5782 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a trace driver which
5783 collects data through the serial port @var{tty}.
5784 @end deffn
5785
5786 @deffn Command {oocd_trace resync}
5787 Re-synchronizes with the capture clock.
5788 @end deffn
5789
5790 @deffn Command {oocd_trace status}
5791 Reports whether the capture clock is locked or not.
5792 @end deffn
5793 @end deffn
5794
5795
5796 @section Generic ARM
5797 @cindex ARM
5798
5799 These commands should be available on all ARM processors.
5800 They are available in addition to other core-specific
5801 commands that may be available.
5802
5803 @deffn Command {arm core_state} [@option{arm}|@option{thumb}]
5804 Displays the core_state, optionally changing it to process
5805 either @option{arm} or @option{thumb} instructions.
5806 The target may later be resumed in the currently set core_state.
5807 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
5808 that is not currently supported in OpenOCD.)
5809 @end deffn
5810
5811 @deffn Command {arm disassemble} address [count [@option{thumb}]]
5812 @cindex disassemble
5813 Disassembles @var{count} instructions starting at @var{address}.
5814 If @var{count} is not specified, a single instruction is disassembled.
5815 If @option{thumb} is specified, or the low bit of the address is set,
5816 Thumb2 (mixed 16/32-bit) instructions are used;
5817 else ARM (32-bit) instructions are used.
5818 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
5819 those instructions are not currently understood by OpenOCD.)
5820
5821 Note that all Thumb instructions are Thumb2 instructions,
5822 so older processors (without Thumb2 support) will still
5823 see correct disassembly of Thumb code.
5824 Also, ThumbEE opcodes are the same as Thumb2,
5825 with a handful of exceptions.
5826 ThumbEE disassembly currently has no explicit support.
5827 @end deffn
5828
5829 @deffn Command {arm mcr} pX op1 CRn CRm op2 value
5830 Write @var{value} to a coprocessor @var{pX} register
5831 passing parameters @var{CRn},
5832 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
5833 and using the MCR instruction.
5834 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
5835 an ARM register.)
5836 @end deffn
5837
5838 @deffn Command {arm mrc} pX coproc op1 CRn CRm op2
5839 Read a coprocessor @var{pX} register passing parameters @var{CRn},
5840 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
5841 and the MRC instruction.
5842 Returns the result so it can be manipulated by Jim scripts.
5843 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
5844 an ARM register.)
5845 @end deffn
5846
5847 @deffn Command {arm reg}
5848 Display a table of all banked core registers, fetching the current value from every
5849 core mode if necessary.
5850 @end deffn
5851
5852 @section ARMv4 and ARMv5 Architecture
5853 @cindex ARMv4
5854 @cindex ARMv5
5855
5856 The ARMv4 and ARMv5 architectures are widely used in embedded systems,
5857 and introduced core parts of the instruction set in use today.
5858 That includes the Thumb instruction set, introduced in the ARMv4T
5859 variant.
5860
5861 @subsection ARM7 and ARM9 specific commands
5862 @cindex ARM7
5863 @cindex ARM9
5864
5865 These commands are specific to ARM7 and ARM9 cores, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T,
5866 ARM9TDMI, ARM920T or ARM926EJ-S.
5867 They are available in addition to the ARM commands,
5868 and any other core-specific commands that may be available.
5869
5870 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dbgrq} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
5871 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the
5872 the EmbeddedIce DBGRQ signal to force entry into debug mode,
5873 instead of breakpoints.
5874 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
5875
5876 This should be
5877 safe for all but ARM7TDMI-S cores (like NXP LPC).
5878 This feature is enabled by default on most ARM9 cores,
5879 including ARM9TDMI, ARM920T, and ARM926EJ-S.
5880 @end deffn
5881
5882 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dcc_downloads} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
5883 @cindex DCC
5884 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the debug communications
5885 channel (DCC) to write larger (>128 byte) amounts of memory.
5886 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
5887
5888 DCC downloads offer a huge speed increase, but might be
5889 unsafe, especially with targets running at very low speeds. This command was introduced
5890 with OpenOCD rev. 60, and requires a few bytes of working area.
5891 @end deffn
5892
5893 @anchor{arm7_9 fast_memory_access}
5894 @deffn Command {arm7_9 fast_memory_access} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
5895 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of memory writes and reads
5896 that don't check completion of the operation.
5897 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
5898
5899 This provides a huge speed increase, especially with USB JTAG
5900 cables (FT2232), but might be unsafe if used with targets running at very low
5901 speeds, like the 32kHz startup clock of an AT91RM9200.
5902 @end deffn
5903
5904 @deffn Command {arm7_9 semihosting} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
5905 @cindex ARM semihosting
5906 Display status of semihosting, after optionally changing that status.
5907
5908 Semihosting allows for code executing on an ARM target to use the
5909 I/O facilities on the host computer i.e. the system where OpenOCD
5910 is running. The target application must be linked against a library
5911 implementing the ARM semihosting convention that forwards operation
5912 requests by using a special SVC instruction that is trapped at the
5913 Supervisor Call vector by OpenOCD.
5914 @end deffn
5915
5916 @subsection ARM720T specific commands
5917 @cindex ARM720T
5918
5919 These commands are available to ARM720T based CPUs,
5920 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
5921 based on the ARM7TDMI-S integer core.
5922 They are available in addition to the ARM and ARM7/ARM9 commands.
5923
5924 @deffn Command {arm720t cp15} opcode [value]
5925 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
5926 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
5927
5928 Display cp15 register returned by the ARM instruction @var{opcode};
5929 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
5930 The @var{opcode} should be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction.
5931 @end deffn
5932
5933 @subsection ARM9 specific commands
5934 @cindex ARM9
5935
5936 ARM9-family cores are built around ARM9TDMI or ARM9E (including ARM9EJS)
5937 integer processors.
5938 Such cores include the ARM920T, ARM926EJ-S, and ARM966.
5939
5940 @c 9-june-2009: tried this on arm920t, it didn't work.
5941 @c no-params always lists nothing caught, and that's how it acts.
5942 @c 23-oct-2009: doesn't work _consistently_ ... as if the ICE
5943 @c versions have different rules about when they commit writes.
5944
5945 @anchor{arm9 vector_catch}
5946 @deffn Command {arm9 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
5947 @cindex vector_catch
5948 Vector Catch hardware provides a sort of dedicated breakpoint
5949 for hardware events such as reset, interrupt, and abort.
5950 You can use this to conserve normal breakpoint resources,
5951 so long as you're not concerned with code that branches directly
5952 to those hardware vectors.
5953
5954 This always finishes by listing the current configuration.
5955 If parameters are provided, it first reconfigures the
5956 vector catch hardware to intercept
5957 @option{all} of the hardware vectors,
5958 @option{none} of them,
5959 or a list with one or more of the following:
5960 @option{reset} @option{undef} @option{swi} @option{pabt} @option{dabt}
5961 @option{irq} @option{fiq}.
5962 @end deffn
5963
5964 @subsection ARM920T specific commands
5965 @cindex ARM920T
5966
5967 These commands are available to ARM920T based CPUs,
5968 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
5969 built using the ARM9TDMI integer core.
5970 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
5971 and ARM9 commands.
5972
5973 @deffn Command {arm920t cache_info}
5974 Print information about the caches found. This allows to see whether your target
5975 is an ARM920T (2x16kByte cache) or ARM922T (2x8kByte cache).
5976 @end deffn
5977
5978 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15} regnum [value]
5979 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
5980 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
5981 This uses "physical access" and the register number is as
5982 shown in bits 38..33 of table 9-9 in the ARM920T TRM.
5983 (Not all registers can be written.)
5984 @end deffn
5985
5986 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15i} opcode [value [address]]
5987 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
5988 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
5989
5990 Interpreted access using ARM instruction @var{opcode}, which should
5991 be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction
5992 (as shown tables 9-11, 9-12, and 9-13 in the ARM920T TRM).
5993 If no @var{value} is provided, the result is displayed.
5994 Else if that value is written using the specified @var{address},
5995 or using zero if no other address is provided.
5996 @end deffn
5997
5998 @deffn Command {arm920t read_cache} filename
5999 Dump the content of ICache and DCache to a file named @file{filename}.
6000 @end deffn
6001
6002 @deffn Command {arm920t read_mmu} filename
6003 Dump the content of the ITLB and DTLB to a file named @file{filename}.
6004 @end deffn
6005
6006 @subsection ARM926ej-s specific commands
6007 @cindex ARM926ej-s
6008
6009 These commands are available to ARM926ej-s based CPUs,
6010 which are implementations of the ARMv5TEJ architecture
6011 based on the ARM9EJ-S integer core.
6012 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6013 and ARM9 commands.
6014
6015 The Feroceon cores also support these commands, although
6016 they are not built from ARM926ej-s designs.
6017
6018 @deffn Command {arm926ejs cache_info}
6019 Print information about the caches found.
6020 @end deffn
6021
6022 @subsection ARM966E specific commands
6023 @cindex ARM966E
6024
6025 These commands are available to ARM966 based CPUs,
6026 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
6027 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6028 and ARM9 commands.
6029
6030 @deffn Command {arm966e cp15} regnum [value]
6031 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6032 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6033 The six bit @var{regnum} values are bits 37..32 from table 7-2 of the
6034 ARM966E-S TRM.
6035 There is no current control over bits 31..30 from that table,
6036 as required for BIST support.
6037 @end deffn
6038
6039 @subsection XScale specific commands
6040 @cindex XScale
6041
6042 Some notes about the debug implementation on the XScale CPUs:
6043
6044 The XScale CPU provides a special debug-only mini-instruction cache
6045 (mini-IC) in which exception vectors and target-resident debug handler
6046 code are placed by OpenOCD. In order to get access to the CPU, OpenOCD
6047 must point vector 0 (the reset vector) to the entry of the debug
6048 handler. However, this means that the complete first cacheline in the
6049 mini-IC is marked valid, which makes the CPU fetch all exception
6050 handlers from the mini-IC, ignoring the code in RAM.
6051
6052 OpenOCD currently does not sync the mini-IC entries with the RAM
6053 contents (which would fail anyway while the target is running), so
6054 the user must provide appropriate values using the @code{xscale
6055 vector_table} command.
6056
6057 It is recommended to place a pc-relative indirect branch in the vector
6058 table, and put the branch destination somewhere in memory. Doing so
6059 makes sure the code in the vector table stays constant regardless of
6060 code layout in memory:
6061 @example
6062 _vectors:
6063 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6064 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6065 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6066 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6067 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6068 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6069 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6070 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6071 .org 0x100
6072 .long real_reset_vector
6073 .long real_ui_handler
6074 .long real_swi_handler
6075 .long real_pf_abort
6076 .long real_data_abort
6077 .long 0 /* unused */
6078 .long real_irq_handler
6079 .long real_fiq_handler
6080 @end example
6081
6082 The debug handler must be placed somewhere in the address space using
6083 the @code{xscale debug_handler} command. The allowed locations for the
6084 debug handler are either (0x800 - 0x1fef800) or (0xfe000800 -
6085 0xfffff800). The default value is 0xfe000800.
6086
6087
6088 These commands are available to XScale based CPUs,
6089 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
6090
6091 @deffn Command {xscale analyze_trace}
6092 Displays the contents of the trace buffer.
6093 @end deffn
6094
6095 @deffn Command {xscale cache_clean_address} address
6096 Changes the address used when cleaning the data cache.
6097 @end deffn
6098
6099 @deffn Command {xscale cache_info}
6100 Displays information about the CPU caches.
6101 @end deffn
6102
6103 @deffn Command {xscale cp15} regnum [value]
6104 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6105 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6106 @end deffn
6107
6108 @deffn Command {xscale debug_handler} target address
6109 Changes the address used for the specified target's debug handler.
6110 @end deffn
6111
6112 @deffn Command {xscale dcache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6113 Enables or disable the CPU's data cache.
6114 @end deffn
6115
6116 @deffn Command {xscale dump_trace} filename
6117 Dumps the raw contents of the trace buffer to @file{filename}.
6118 @end deffn
6119
6120 @deffn Command {xscale icache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6121 Enables or disable the CPU's instruction cache.
6122 @end deffn
6123
6124 @deffn Command {xscale mmu} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6125 Enables or disable the CPU's memory management unit.
6126 @end deffn
6127
6128 @deffn Command {xscale trace_buffer} [@option{enable}|@option{disable} [@option{fill} [n] | @option{wrap}]]
6129 Displays the trace buffer status, after optionally
6130 enabling or disabling the trace buffer
6131 and modifying how it is emptied.
6132 @end deffn
6133
6134 @deffn Command {xscale trace_image} filename [offset [type]]
6135 Opens a trace image from @file{filename}, optionally rebasing
6136 its segment addresses by @var{offset}.
6137 The image @var{type} may be one of
6138 @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
6139 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19),
6140 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
6141 @end deffn
6142
6143 @anchor{xscale vector_catch}
6144 @deffn Command {xscale vector_catch} [mask]
6145 @cindex vector_catch
6146 Display a bitmask showing the hardware vectors to catch.
6147 If the optional parameter is provided, first set the bitmask to that value.
6148
6149 The mask bits correspond with bit 16..23 in the DCSR:
6150 @example
6151 0x01 Trap Reset
6152 0x02 Trap Undefined Instructions
6153 0x04 Trap Software Interrupt
6154 0x08 Trap Prefetch Abort
6155 0x10 Trap Data Abort
6156 0x20 reserved
6157 0x40 Trap IRQ
6158 0x80 Trap FIQ
6159 @end example
6160 @end deffn
6161
6162 @anchor{xscale vector_table}
6163 @deffn Command {xscale vector_table} [(@option{low}|@option{high}) index value]
6164 @cindex vector_table
6165
6166 Set an entry in the mini-IC vector table. There are two tables: one for
6167 low vectors (at 0x00000000), and one for high vectors (0xFFFF0000), each
6168 holding the 8 exception vectors. @var{index} can be 1-7, because vector 0
6169 points to the debug handler entry and can not be overwritten.
6170 @var{value} holds the 32-bit opcode that is placed in the mini-IC.
6171
6172 Without arguments, the current settings are displayed.
6173
6174 @end deffn
6175
6176 @section ARMv6 Architecture
6177 @cindex ARMv6
6178
6179 @subsection ARM11 specific commands
6180 @cindex ARM11
6181
6182 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite burst} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6183 Displays the value of the memwrite burst-enable flag,
6184 which is enabled by default.
6185 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6186 Burst writes are only used for memory writes larger than 1 word.
6187 They improve performance by assuming that the CPU has read each data
6188 word over JTAG and completed its write before the next word arrives,
6189 instead of polling for a status flag to verify that completion.
6190 This is usually safe, because JTAG runs much slower than the CPU.
6191 @end deffn
6192
6193 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite error_fatal} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6194 Displays the value of the memwrite error_fatal flag,
6195 which is enabled by default.
6196 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6197 When set, certain memory write errors cause earlier transfer termination.
6198 @end deffn
6199
6200 @deffn Command {arm11 step_irq_enable} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6201 Displays the value of the flag controlling whether
6202 IRQs are enabled during single stepping;
6203 they are disabled by default.
6204 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that.
6205 @end deffn
6206
6207 @deffn Command {arm11 vcr} [value]
6208 @cindex vector_catch
6209 Displays the value of the @emph{Vector Catch Register (VCR)},
6210 coprocessor 14 register 7.
6211 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
6212
6213 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
6214 for certain hardware events.
6215 The specific bit values are core-specific (as in fact is using
6216 coprocessor 14 register 7 itself) but all current ARM11
6217 cores @emph{except the ARM1176} use the same six bits.
6218 @end deffn
6219
6220 @section ARMv7 Architecture
6221 @cindex ARMv7
6222
6223 @subsection ARMv7 Debug Access Port (DAP) specific commands
6224 @cindex Debug Access Port
6225 @cindex DAP
6226 These commands are specific to ARM architecture v7 Debug Access Port (DAP),
6227 included on Cortex-M3 and Cortex-A8 systems.
6228 They are available in addition to other core-specific commands that may be available.
6229
6230 @deffn Command {dap apid} [num]
6231 Displays ID register from AP @var{num},
6232 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6233 @end deffn
6234
6235 @deffn Command {dap apsel} [num]
6236 Select AP @var{num}, defaulting to 0.
6237 @end deffn
6238
6239 @deffn Command {dap baseaddr} [num]
6240 Displays debug base address from MEM-AP @var{num},
6241 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6242 @end deffn
6243
6244 @deffn Command {dap info} [num]
6245 Displays the ROM table for MEM-AP @var{num},
6246 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6247 @end deffn
6248
6249 @deffn Command {dap memaccess} [value]
6250 Displays the number of extra tck cycles in the JTAG idle to use for MEM-AP
6251 memory bus access [0-255], giving additional time to respond to reads.
6252 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
6253 @end deffn
6254
6255 @subsection Cortex-M3 specific commands
6256 @cindex Cortex-M3
6257
6258 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 disassemble} address [count]
6259 @cindex disassemble
6260 Disassembles @var{count} Thumb2 instructions starting at @var{address}.
6261 If @var{count} is not specified, a single instruction is disassembled.
6262 @end deffn
6263
6264 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 maskisr} (@option{on}|@option{off})
6265 Control masking (disabling) interrupts during target step/resume.
6266 @end deffn
6267
6268 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
6269 @cindex vector_catch
6270 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
6271 for certain hardware events.
6272
6273 Parameters request interception of
6274 @option{all} of these hardware event vectors,
6275 @option{none} of them,
6276 or one or more of the following:
6277 @option{hard_err} for a HardFault exception;
6278 @option{mm_err} for a MemManage exception;
6279 @option{bus_err} for a BusFault exception;
6280 @option{irq_err},
6281 @option{state_err},
6282 @option{chk_err}, or
6283 @option{nocp_err} for various UsageFault exceptions; or
6284 @option{reset}.
6285 If NVIC setup code does not enable them,
6286 MemManage, BusFault, and UsageFault exceptions
6287 are mapped to HardFault.
6288 UsageFault checks for
6289 divide-by-zero and unaligned access
6290 must also be explicitly enabled.
6291
6292 This finishes by listing the current vector catch configuration.
6293 @end deffn
6294
6295 @anchor{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}
6296 @section Software Debug Messages and Tracing
6297 @cindex Linux-ARM DCC support
6298 @cindex tracing
6299 @cindex libdcc
6300 @cindex DCC
6301 OpenOCD can process certain requests from target software, when
6302 the target uses appropriate libraries.
6303 The most powerful mechanism is semihosting, but there is also
6304 a lighter weight mechanism using only the DCC channel.
6305
6306 Currently @command{target_request debugmsgs}
6307 is supported only for @option{arm7_9} and @option{cortex_m3} cores.
6308 These messages are received as part of target polling, so
6309 you need to have @command{poll on} active to receive them.
6310 They are intrusive in that they will affect program execution
6311 times. If that is a problem, @pxref{ARM Hardware Tracing}.
6312
6313 See @file{libdcc} in the contrib dir for more details.
6314 In addition to sending strings, characters, and
6315 arrays of various size integers from the target,
6316 @file{libdcc} also exports a software trace point mechanism.
6317 The target being debugged may
6318 issue trace messages which include a 24-bit @dfn{trace point} number.
6319 Trace point support includes two distinct mechanisms,
6320 each supported by a command:
6321
6322 @itemize
6323 @item @emph{History} ... A circular buffer of trace points
6324 can be set up, and then displayed at any time.
6325 This tracks where code has been, which can be invaluable in
6326 finding out how some fault was triggered.
6327
6328 The buffer may overflow, since it collects records continuously.
6329 It may be useful to use some of the 24 bits to represent a
6330 particular event, and other bits to hold data.
6331
6332 @item @emph{Counting} ... An array of counters can be set up,
6333 and then displayed at any time.
6334 This can help establish code coverage and identify hot spots.
6335
6336 The array of counters is directly indexed by the trace point
6337 number, so trace points with higher numbers are not counted.
6338 @end itemize
6339
6340 Linux-ARM kernels have a ``Kernel low-level debugging
6341 via EmbeddedICE DCC channel'' option (CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC,
6342 depends on CONFIG_DEBUG_LL) which uses this mechanism to
6343 deliver messages before a serial console can be activated.
6344 This is not the same format used by @file{libdcc}.
6345 Other software, such as the U-Boot boot loader, sometimes
6346 does the same thing.
6347
6348 @deffn Command {target_request debugmsgs} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}|@option{charmsg}]
6349 Displays current handling of target DCC message requests.
6350 These messages may be sent to the debugger while the target is running.
6351 The optional @option{enable} and @option{charmsg} parameters
6352 both enable the messages, while @option{disable} disables them.
6353
6354 With @option{charmsg} the DCC words each contain one character,
6355 as used by Linux with CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC;
6356 otherwise the libdcc format is used.
6357 @end deffn
6358
6359 @deffn Command {trace history} [@option{clear}|count]
6360 With no parameter, displays all the trace points that have triggered
6361 in the order they triggered.
6362 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace history records.
6363 With a @var{count} parameter, allocates space for that many
6364 history records.
6365 @end deffn
6366
6367 @deffn Command {trace point} [@option{clear}|identifier]
6368 With no parameter, displays all trace point identifiers and how many times
6369 they have been triggered.
6370 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace point counters.
6371 With a numeric @var{identifier} parameter, creates a new a trace point counter
6372 and associates it with that identifier.
6373
6374 @emph{Important:} The identifier and the trace point number
6375 are not related except by this command.
6376 These trace point numbers always start at zero (from server startup,
6377 or after @command{trace point clear}) and count up from there.
6378 @end deffn
6379
6380
6381 @node JTAG Commands
6382 @chapter JTAG Commands
6383 @cindex JTAG Commands
6384 Most general purpose JTAG commands have been presented earlier.
6385 (@xref{JTAG Speed}, @ref{Reset Configuration}, and @ref{TAP Declaration}.)
6386 Lower level JTAG commands, as presented here,
6387 may be needed to work with targets which require special
6388 attention during operations such as reset or initialization.
6389
6390 To use these commands you will need to understand some
6391 of the basics of JTAG, including:
6392
6393 @itemize @bullet
6394 @item A JTAG scan chain consists of a sequence of individual TAP
6395 devices such as a CPUs.
6396 @item Control operations involve moving each TAP through the same
6397 standard state machine (in parallel)
6398 using their shared TMS and clock signals.
6399 @item Data transfer involves shifting data through the chain of
6400 instruction or data registers of each TAP, writing new register values
6401 while the reading previous ones.
6402 @item Data register sizes are a function of the instruction active in
6403 a given TAP, while instruction register sizes are fixed for each TAP.
6404 All TAPs support a BYPASS instruction with a single bit data register.
6405 @item The way OpenOCD differentiates between TAP devices is by
6406 shifting different instructions into (and out of) their instruction
6407 registers.
6408 @end itemize
6409
6410 @section Low Level JTAG Commands
6411
6412 These commands are used by developers who need to access
6413 JTAG instruction or data registers, possibly controlling
6414 the order of TAP state transitions.
6415 If you're not debugging OpenOCD internals, or bringing up a
6416 new JTAG adapter or a new type of TAP device (like a CPU or
6417 JTAG router), you probably won't need to use these commands.
6418
6419 @deffn Command {drscan} tap [numbits value]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
6420 Loads the data register of @var{tap} with a series of bit fields
6421 that specify the entire register.
6422 Each field is @var{numbits} bits long with
6423 a numeric @var{value} (hexadecimal encouraged).
6424 The return value holds the original value of each
6425 of those fields.
6426
6427 For example, a 38 bit number might be specified as one
6428 field of 32 bits then one of 6 bits.
6429 @emph{For portability, never pass fields which are more
6430 than 32 bits long. Many OpenOCD implementations do not
6431 support 64-bit (or larger) integer values.}
6432
6433 All TAPs other than @var{tap} must be in BYPASS mode.
6434 The single bit in their data registers does not matter.
6435
6436 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
6437 in that state.
6438 For example @sc{drpause} might be specified, so that more
6439 instructions can be issued before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
6440 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
6441
6442 @quotation Warning
6443 OpenOCD does not record information about data register lengths,
6444 so @emph{it is important that you get the bit field lengths right}.
6445 Remember that different JTAG instructions refer to different
6446 data registers, which may have different lengths.
6447 Moreover, those lengths may not be fixed;
6448 the SCAN_N instruction can change the length of
6449 the register accessed by the INTEST instruction
6450 (by connecting a different scan chain).
6451 @end quotation
6452 @end deffn
6453
6454 @deffn Command {flush_count}
6455 Returns the number of times the JTAG queue has been flushed.
6456 This may be used for performance tuning.
6457
6458 For example, flushing a queue over USB involves a
6459 minimum latency, often several milliseconds, which does
6460 not change with the amount of data which is written.
6461 You may be able to identify performance problems by finding
6462 tasks which waste bandwidth by flushing small transfers too often,
6463 instead of batching them into larger operations.
6464 @end deffn
6465
6466 @deffn Command {irscan} [tap instruction]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
6467 For each @var{tap} listed, loads the instruction register
6468 with its associated numeric @var{instruction}.
6469 (The number of bits in that instruction may be displayed
6470 using the @command{scan_chain} command.)
6471 For other TAPs, a BYPASS instruction is loaded.
6472
6473 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
6474 in that state.
6475 For example @sc{irpause} might be specified, so the data register
6476 can be loaded before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
6477 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
6478
6479 @quotation Note
6480 OpenOCD currently supports only a single field for instruction
6481 register values, unlike data register values.
6482 For TAPs where the instruction register length is more than 32 bits,
6483 portable scripts currently must issue only BYPASS instructions.
6484 @end quotation
6485 @end deffn
6486
6487 @deffn Command {jtag_reset} trst srst
6488 Set values of reset signals.
6489 The @var{trst} and @var{srst} parameter values may be
6490 @option{0}, indicating that reset is inactive (pulled or driven high),
6491 or @option{1}, indicating it is active (pulled or driven low).
6492 The @command{reset_config} command should already have been used
6493 to configure how the board and JTAG adapter treat these two
6494 signals, and to say if either signal is even present.
6495 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
6496
6497 Note that TRST is specially handled.
6498 It actually signifies JTAG's @sc{reset} state.
6499 So if the board doesn't support the optional TRST signal,
6500 or it doesn't support it along with the specified SRST value,
6501 JTAG reset is triggered with TMS and TCK signals
6502 instead of the TRST signal.
6503 And no matter how that JTAG reset is triggered, once
6504 the scan chain enters @sc{reset} with TRST inactive,
6505 TAP @code{post-reset} events are delivered to all TAPs
6506 with handlers for that event.
6507 @end deffn
6508
6509 @deffn Command {pathmove} start_state [next_state ...]
6510 Start by moving to @var{start_state}, which
6511 must be one of the @emph{stable} states.
6512 Unless it is the only state given, this will often be the
6513 current state, so that no TCK transitions are needed.
6514 Then, in a series of single state transitions
6515 (conforming to the JTAG state machine) shift to
6516 each @var{next_state} in sequence, one per TCK cycle.
6517 The final state must also be stable.
6518 @end deffn
6519
6520 @deffn Command {runtest} @var{num_cycles}
6521 Move to the @sc{run/idle} state, and execute at least
6522 @var{num_cycles} of the JTAG clock (TCK).
6523 Instructions often need some time
6524 to execute before they take effect.
6525 @end deffn
6526
6527 @c tms_sequence (short|long)
6528 @c ... temporary, debug-only, other than USBprog bug workaround...
6529
6530 @deffn Command {verify_ircapture} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6531 Verify values captured during @sc{ircapture} and returned
6532 during IR scans. Default is enabled, but this can be
6533 overridden by @command{verify_jtag}.
6534 This flag is ignored when validating JTAG chain configuration.
6535 @end deffn
6536
6537 @deffn Command {verify_jtag} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6538 Enables verification of DR and IR scans, to help detect
6539 programming errors. For IR scans, @command{verify_ircapture}
6540 must also be enabled.
6541 Default is enabled.
6542 @end deffn
6543
6544 @section TAP state names
6545 @cindex TAP state names
6546
6547 The @var{tap_state} names used by OpenOCD in the @command{drscan},
6548 @command{irscan}, and @command{pathmove} commands are the same
6549 as those used in SVF boundary scan documents, except that
6550 SVF uses @sc{idle} instead of @sc{run/idle}.
6551
6552 @itemize @bullet
6553 @item @b{RESET} ... @emph{stable} (with TMS high);
6554 acts as if TRST were pulsed
6555 @item @b{RUN/IDLE} ... @emph{stable}; don't assume this always means IDLE
6556 @item @b{DRSELECT}
6557 @item @b{DRCAPTURE}
6558 @item @b{DRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
6559 through the data register
6560 @item @b{DREXIT1}
6561 @item @b{DRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; data register ready
6562 for update or more shifting
6563 @item @b{DREXIT2}
6564 @item @b{DRUPDATE}
6565 @item @b{IRSELECT}
6566 @item @b{IRCAPTURE}
6567 @item @b{IRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
6568 through the instruction register
6569 @item @b{IREXIT1}
6570 @item @b{IRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; instruction register ready
6571 for update or more shifting
6572 @item @b{IREXIT2}
6573 @item @b{IRUPDATE}
6574 @end itemize
6575
6576 Note that only six of those states are fully ``stable'' in the
6577 face of TMS fixed (low except for @sc{reset})
6578 and a free-running JTAG clock. For all the
6579 others, the next TCK transition changes to a new state.
6580
6581 @itemize @bullet
6582 @item From @sc{drshift} and @sc{irshift}, clock transitions will
6583 produce side effects by changing register contents. The values
6584 to be latched in upcoming @sc{drupdate} or @sc{irupdate} states
6585 may not be as expected.
6586 @item @sc{run/idle}, @sc{drpause}, and @sc{irpause} are reasonable
6587 choices after @command{drscan} or @command{irscan} commands,
6588 since they are free of JTAG side effects.
6589 @item @sc{run/idle} may have side effects that appear at non-JTAG
6590 levels, such as advancing the ARM9E-S instruction pipeline.
6591 Consult the documentation for the TAP(s) you are working with.
6592 @end itemize
6593
6594 @node Boundary Scan Commands
6595 @chapter Boundary Scan Commands
6596
6597 One of the original purposes of JTAG was to support
6598 boundary scan based hardware testing.
6599 Although its primary focus is to support On-Chip Debugging,
6600 OpenOCD also includes some boundary scan commands.
6601
6602 @section SVF: Serial Vector Format
6603 @cindex Serial Vector Format
6604 @cindex SVF
6605
6606 The Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{SVF}, is a
6607 way to represent JTAG test patterns in text files.
6608 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
6609
6610 @deffn Command {svf} filename [@option{quiet}]
6611 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
6612 runs the SVF script from @file{filename}.
6613 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
6614 each command is logged before it is executed.
6615 @end deffn
6616
6617 @section XSVF: Xilinx Serial Vector Format
6618 @cindex Xilinx Serial Vector Format
6619 @cindex XSVF
6620
6621 The Xilinx Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{XSVF}, is a
6622 binary representation of SVF which is optimized for use with
6623 Xilinx devices.
6624 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
6625
6626 @quotation Important
6627 Not all XSVF commands are supported.
6628 @end quotation
6629
6630 @deffn Command {xsvf} (tapname|@option{plain}) filename [@option{virt2}] [@option{quiet}]
6631 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
6632 runs the XSVF script from @file{filename}.
6633 When a @var{tapname} is specified, the commands are directed at
6634 that TAP.
6635 When @option{virt2} is specified, the @sc{xruntest} command counts
6636 are interpreted as TCK cycles instead of microseconds.
6637 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
6638 messages are logged for comments and some retries.
6639 @end deffn
6640
6641 The OpenOCD sources also include two utility scripts
6642 for working with XSVF; they are not currently installed
6643 after building the software.
6644 You may find them useful:
6645
6646 @itemize
6647 @item @emph{svf2xsvf} ... converts SVF files into the extended XSVF
6648 syntax understood by the @command{xsvf} command; see notes below.
6649 @item @emph{xsvfdump} ... converts XSVF files into a text output format;
6650 understands the OpenOCD extensions.
6651 @end itemize
6652
6653 The input format accepts a handful of non-standard extensions.
6654 These include three opcodes corresponding to SVF extensions
6655 from Lattice Semiconductor (LCOUNT, LDELAY, LDSR), and
6656 two opcodes supporting a more accurate translation of SVF
6657 (XTRST, XWAITSTATE).
6658 If @emph{xsvfdump} shows a file is using those opcodes, it
6659 probably will not be usable with other XSVF tools.
6660
6661
6662 @node TFTP
6663 @chapter TFTP
6664 @cindex TFTP
6665 If OpenOCD runs on an embedded host(as ZY1000 does), then TFTP can
6666 be used to access files on PCs (either the developer's PC or some other PC).
6667
6668 The way this works on the ZY1000 is to prefix a filename by
6669 "/tftp/ip/" and append the TFTP path on the TFTP
6670 server (tftpd). For example,
6671
6672 @example
6673 load_image /tftp/10.0.0.96/c:\temp\abc.elf
6674 @end example
6675
6676 will load c:\temp\abc.elf from the developer pc (10.0.0.96) into memory as
6677 if the file was hosted on the embedded host.
6678
6679 In order to achieve decent performance, you must choose a TFTP server
6680 that supports a packet size bigger than the default packet size (512 bytes). There
6681 are numerous TFTP servers out there (free and commercial) and you will have to do
6682 a bit of googling to find something that fits your requirements.
6683
6684 @node GDB and OpenOCD
6685 @chapter GDB and OpenOCD
6686 @cindex GDB
6687 OpenOCD complies with the remote gdbserver protocol, and as such can be used
6688 to debug remote targets.
6689 Setting up GDB to work with OpenOCD can involve several components:
6690
6691 @itemize
6692 @item OpenOCD itself may need to be configured. @xref{GDB Configuration}.
6693 @item GDB itself may need configuration, as shown in this chapter.
6694 @item If you have a GUI environment like Eclipse,
6695 that also will probably need to be configured.
6696 @end itemize
6697
6698 Of course, the version of GDB you use will need to be one which has
6699 been built to know about the target CPU you're using. It's probably
6700 part of the tool chain you're using. For example, if you are doing
6701 cross-development for ARM on an x86 PC, instead of using the native
6702 x86 @command{gdb} command you might use @command{arm-none-eabi-gdb}
6703 if that's the tool chain used to compile your code.
6704
6705 @anchor{Connecting to GDB}
6706 @section Connecting to GDB
6707 @cindex Connecting to GDB
6708 Use GDB 6.7 or newer with OpenOCD if you run into trouble. For
6709 instance GDB 6.3 has a known bug that produces bogus memory access
6710 errors, which has since been fixed; see
6711 @url{http://osdir.com/ml/gdb.bugs.discuss/2004-12/msg00018.html}
6712
6713 OpenOCD can communicate with GDB in two ways:
6714
6715 @enumerate
6716 @item
6717 A socket (TCP/IP) connection is typically started as follows:
6718 @example
6719 target remote localhost:3333
6720 @end example
6721 This would cause GDB to connect to the gdbserver on the local pc using port 3333.
6722 @item
6723 A pipe connection is typically started as follows:
6724 @example
6725 target remote | openocd --pipe
6726 @end example
6727 This would cause GDB to run OpenOCD and communicate using pipes (stdin/stdout).
6728 Using this method has the advantage of GDB starting/stopping OpenOCD for the debug
6729 session.
6730 @end enumerate
6731
6732 To list the available OpenOCD commands type @command{monitor help} on the
6733 GDB command line.
6734
6735 @section Sample GDB session startup
6736
6737 With the remote protocol, GDB sessions start a little differently
6738 than they do when you're debugging locally.
6739 Here's an examples showing how to start a debug session with a
6740 small ARM program.
6741 In this case the program was linked to be loaded into SRAM on a Cortex-M3.
6742 Most programs would be written into flash (address 0) and run from there.
6743
6744 @example
6745 $ arm-none-eabi-gdb example.elf
6746 (gdb) target remote localhost:3333
6747 Remote debugging using localhost:3333
6748 ...
6749 (gdb) monitor reset halt
6750 ...
6751 (gdb) load
6752 Loading section .vectors, size 0x100 lma 0x20000000
6753 Loading section .text, size 0x5a0 lma 0x20000100
6754 Loading section .data, size 0x18 lma 0x200006a0
6755 Start address 0x2000061c, load size 1720
6756 Transfer rate: 22 KB/sec, 573 bytes/write.
6757 (gdb) continue
6758 Continuing.
6759 ...
6760 @end example
6761
6762 You could then interrupt the GDB session to make the program break,
6763 type @command{where} to show the stack, @command{list} to show the
6764 code around the program counter, @command{step} through code,
6765 set breakpoints or watchpoints, and so on.
6766
6767 @section Configuring GDB for OpenOCD
6768
6769 OpenOCD supports the gdb @option{qSupported} packet, this enables information
6770 to be sent by the GDB remote server (i.e. OpenOCD) to GDB. Typical information includes
6771 packet size and the device's memory map.
6772 You do not need to configure the packet size by hand,
6773 and the relevant parts of the memory map should be automatically
6774 set up when you declare (NOR) flash banks.
6775
6776 However, there are other things which GDB can't currently query.
6777 You may need to set those up by hand.
6778 As OpenOCD starts up, you will often see a line reporting
6779 something like:
6780
6781 @example
6782 Info : lm3s.cpu: hardware has 6 breakpoints, 4 watchpoints
6783 @end example
6784
6785 You can pass that information to GDB with these commands:
6786
6787 @example
6788 set remote hardware-breakpoint-limit 6
6789 set remote hardware-watchpoint-limit 4
6790 @end example
6791
6792 With that particular hardware (Cortex-M3) the hardware breakpoints
6793 only work for code running from flash memory. Most other ARM systems
6794 do not have such restrictions.
6795
6796 @section Programming using GDB
6797 @cindex Programming using GDB
6798
6799 By default the target memory map is sent to GDB. This can be disabled by
6800 the following OpenOCD configuration option:
6801 @example
6802 gdb_memory_map disable
6803 @end example
6804 For this to function correctly a valid flash configuration must also be set
6805 in OpenOCD. For faster performance you should also configure a valid
6806 working area.
6807
6808 Informing GDB of the memory map of the target will enable GDB to protect any
6809 flash areas of the target and use hardware breakpoints by default. This means
6810 that the OpenOCD option @command{gdb_breakpoint_override} is not required when
6811 using a memory map. @xref{gdb_breakpoint_override}.
6812
6813 To view the configured memory map in GDB, use the GDB command @option{info mem}
6814 All other unassigned addresses within GDB are treated as RAM.
6815
6816 GDB 6.8 and higher set any memory area not in the memory map as inaccessible.
6817 This can be changed to the old behaviour by using the following GDB command
6818 @example
6819 set mem inaccessible-by-default off
6820 @end example
6821
6822 If @command{gdb_flash_program enable} is also used, GDB will be able to
6823 program any flash memory using the vFlash interface.
6824
6825 GDB will look at the target memory map when a load command is given, if any
6826 areas to be programmed lie within the target flash area the vFlash packets
6827 will be used.
6828
6829 If the target needs configuring before GDB programming, an event
6830 script can be executed:
6831 @example
6832 $_TARGETNAME configure -event EVENTNAME BODY
6833 @end example
6834
6835 To verify any flash programming the GDB command @option{compare-sections}
6836 can be used.
6837
6838 @node Tcl Scripting API
6839 @chapter Tcl Scripting API
6840 @cindex Tcl Scripting API
6841 @cindex Tcl scripts
6842 @section API rules
6843
6844 The commands are stateless. E.g. the telnet command line has a concept
6845 of currently active target, the Tcl API proc's take this sort of state
6846 information as an argument to each proc.
6847
6848 There are three main types of return values: single value, name value
6849 pair list and lists.
6850
6851 Name value pair. The proc 'foo' below returns a name/value pair
6852 list.
6853
6854 @verbatim
6855
6856 > set foo(me) Duane
6857 > set foo(you) Oyvind
6858 > set foo(mouse) Micky
6859 > set foo(duck) Donald
6860
6861 If one does this:
6862
6863 > set foo
6864
6865 The result is:
6866
6867 me Duane you Oyvind mouse Micky duck Donald
6868
6869 Thus, to get the names of the associative array is easy:
6870
6871 foreach { name value } [set foo] {
6872 puts "Name: $name, Value: $value"
6873 }
6874 @end verbatim
6875
6876 Lists returned must be relatively small. Otherwise a range
6877 should be passed in to the proc in question.
6878
6879 @section Internal low-level Commands
6880
6881 By low-level, the intent is a human would not directly use these commands.
6882
6883 Low-level commands are (should be) prefixed with "ocd_", e.g.
6884 @command{ocd_flash_banks}
6885 is the low level API upon which @command{flash banks} is implemented.
6886
6887 @itemize @bullet
6888 @item @b{ocd_mem2array} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
6889
6890 Read memory and return as a Tcl array for script processing
6891 @item @b{ocd_array2mem} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
6892
6893 Convert a Tcl array to memory locations and write the values
6894 @item @b{ocd_flash_banks} <@var{driver}> <@var{base}> <@var{size}> <@var{chip_width}> <@var{bus_width}> <@var{target}> [@option{driver options} ...]
6895
6896 Return information about the flash banks
6897 @end itemize
6898
6899 OpenOCD commands can consist of two words, e.g. "flash banks". The
6900 @file{startup.tcl} "unknown" proc will translate this into a Tcl proc
6901 called "flash_banks".
6902
6903 @section OpenOCD specific Global Variables
6904
6905 Real Tcl has ::tcl_platform(), and platform::identify, and many other
6906 variables. JimTCL, as implemented in OpenOCD creates $ocd_HOSTOS which
6907 holds one of the following values:
6908
6909 @itemize @bullet
6910 @item @b{winxx} Built using Microsoft Visual Studio
6911 @item @b{linux} Linux is the underlying operating sytem
6912 @item @b{darwin} Darwin (mac-os) is the underlying operating sytem.
6913 @item @b{cygwin} Running under Cygwin
6914 @item @b{mingw32} Running under MingW32
6915 @item @b{other} Unknown, none of the above.
6916 @end itemize
6917
6918 Note: 'winxx' was choosen because today (March-2009) no distinction is made between Win32 and Win64.
6919
6920 @quotation Note
6921 We should add support for a variable like Tcl variable
6922 @code{tcl_platform(platform)}, it should be called
6923 @code{jim_platform} (because it
6924 is jim, not real tcl).
6925 @end quotation
6926
6927 @node FAQ
6928 @chapter FAQ
6929 @cindex faq
6930 @enumerate
6931 @anchor{FAQ RTCK}
6932 @item @b{RTCK, also known as: Adaptive Clocking - What is it?}
6933 @cindex RTCK
6934 @cindex adaptive clocking
6935 @*
6936
6937 In digital circuit design it is often refered to as ``clock
6938 synchronisation'' the JTAG interface uses one clock (TCK or TCLK)
6939 operating at some speed, your target is operating at another. The two
6940 clocks are not synchronised, they are ``asynchronous''
6941
6942 In order for the two to work together they must be synchronised. Otherwise
6943 the two systems will get out of sync with each other and nothing will
6944 work. There are 2 basic options:
6945 @enumerate
6946 @item
6947 Use a special circuit.
6948 @item
6949 One clock must be some multiple slower than the other.
6950 @end enumerate
6951
6952 @b{Does this really matter?} For some chips and some situations, this
6953 is a non-issue (i.e.: A 500MHz ARM926) but for others - for example some
6954 Atmel SAM7 and SAM9 chips start operation from reset at 32kHz -
6955 program/enable the oscillators and eventually the main clock. It is in
6956 those critical times you must slow the JTAG clock to sometimes 1 to
6957 4kHz.
6958
6959 Imagine debugging a 500MHz ARM926 hand held battery powered device
6960 that ``deep sleeps'' at 32kHz between every keystroke. It can be
6961 painful.
6962
6963 @b{Solution #1 - A special circuit}
6964
6965 In order to make use of this, your JTAG dongle must support the RTCK
6966 feature. Not all dongles support this - keep reading!
6967
6968 The RTCK signal often found in some ARM chips is used to help with
6969 this problem. ARM has a good description of the problem described at
6970 this link: @url{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} [checked
6971 28/nov/2008]. Link title: ``How does the JTAG synchronisation logic
6972 work? / how does adaptive clocking work?''.
6973
6974 The nice thing about adaptive clocking is that ``battery powered hand
6975 held device example'' - the adaptiveness works perfectly all the
6976 time. One can set a break point or halt the system in the deep power
6977 down code, slow step out until the system speeds up.
6978
6979 Note that adaptive clocking may also need to work at the board level,
6980 when a board-level scan chain has multiple chips.
6981 Parallel clock voting schemes are good way to implement this,
6982 both within and between chips, and can easily be implemented
6983 with a CPLD.
6984 It's not difficult to have logic fan a module's input TCK signal out
6985 to each TAP in the scan chain, and then wait until each TAP's RTCK comes
6986 back with the right polarity before changing the output RTCK signal.
6987 Texas Instruments makes some clock voting logic available
6988 for free (with no support) in VHDL form; see
6989 @url{http://tiexpressdsp.com/index.php/Adaptive_Clocking}
6990
6991 @b{Solution #2 - Always works - but may be slower}
6992
6993 Often this is a perfectly acceptable solution.
6994
6995 In most simple terms: Often the JTAG clock must be 1/10 to 1/12 of
6996 the target clock speed. But what that ``magic division'' is varies
6997 depending on the chips on your board.
6998 @b{ARM rule of thumb} Most ARM based systems require an 6:1 division;
6999 ARM11 cores use an 8:1 division.
7000 @b{Xilinx rule of thumb} is 1/12 the clock speed.
7001
7002 Note: Many FTDI2232C based JTAG dongles are limited to 6MHz.
7003
7004 You can still debug the 'low power' situations - you just need to
7005 manually adjust the clock speed at every step. While painful and
7006 tedious, it is not always practical.
7007
7008 It is however easy to ``code your way around it'' - i.e.: Cheat a little,
7009 have a special debug mode in your application that does a ``high power
7010 sleep''. If you are careful - 98% of your problems can be debugged
7011 this way.
7012
7013 Note that on ARM you may need to avoid using the @emph{wait for interrupt}
7014 operation in your idle loops even if you don't otherwise change the CPU
7015 clock rate.
7016 That operation gates the CPU clock, and thus the JTAG clock; which
7017 prevents JTAG access. One consequence is not being able to @command{halt}
7018 cores which are executing that @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
7019
7020 To set the JTAG frequency use the command:
7021
7022 @example
7023 # Example: 1.234MHz
7024 jtag_khz 1234
7025 @end example
7026
7027
7028 @item @b{Win32 Pathnames} Why don't backslashes work in Windows paths?
7029
7030 OpenOCD uses Tcl and a backslash is an escape char. Use @{ and @}
7031 around Windows filenames.
7032
7033 @example
7034 > echo \a
7035
7036 > echo @{\a@}
7037 \a
7038 > echo "\a"
7039
7040 >
7041 @end example
7042
7043
7044 @item @b{Missing: cygwin1.dll} OpenOCD complains about a missing cygwin1.dll.
7045
7046 Make sure you have Cygwin installed, or at least a version of OpenOCD that
7047 claims to come with all the necessary DLLs. When using Cygwin, try launching
7048 OpenOCD from the Cygwin shell.
7049
7050 @item @b{Breakpoint Issue} I'm trying to set a breakpoint using GDB (or a frontend like Insight or
7051 Eclipse), but OpenOCD complains that "Info: arm7_9_common.c:213
7052 arm7_9_add_breakpoint(): sw breakpoint requested, but software breakpoints not enabled".
7053
7054 GDB issues software breakpoints when a normal breakpoint is requested, or to implement
7055 source-line single-stepping. On ARMv4T systems, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T or ARM920T,
7056 software breakpoints consume one of the two available hardware breakpoints.
7057
7058 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} When erasing or writing LPC2000 on-chip flash, the operation fails at random.
7059
7060 Make sure the core frequency specified in the @option{flash lpc2000} line matches the
7061 clock at the time you're programming the flash. If you've specified the crystal's
7062 frequency, make sure the PLL is disabled. If you've specified the full core speed
7063 (e.g. 60MHz), make sure the PLL is enabled.
7064
7065 @item @b{Amontec Chameleon} When debugging using an Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
7066 I keep getting "Error: amt_jtagaccel.c:184 amt_wait_scan_busy(): amt_jtagaccel timed
7067 out while waiting for end of scan, rtck was disabled".
7068
7069 Make sure your PC's parallel port operates in EPP mode. You might have to try several
7070 settings in your PC BIOS (ECP, EPP, and different versions of those).
7071
7072 @item @b{Data Aborts} When debugging with OpenOCD and GDB (plain GDB, Insight, or Eclipse),
7073 I get lots of "Error: arm7_9_common.c:1771 arm7_9_read_memory():
7074 memory read caused data abort".
7075
7076 The errors are non-fatal, and are the result of GDB trying to trace stack frames
7077 beyond the last valid frame. It might be possible to prevent this by setting up
7078 a proper "initial" stack frame, if you happen to know what exactly has to
7079 be done, feel free to add this here.
7080
7081 @b{Simple:} In your startup code - push 8 registers of zeros onto the
7082 stack before calling main(). What GDB is doing is ``climbing'' the run
7083 time stack by reading various values on the stack using the standard
7084 call frame for the target. GDB keeps going - until one of 2 things
7085 happen @b{#1} an invalid frame is found, or @b{#2} some huge number of
7086 stackframes have been processed. By pushing zeros on the stack, GDB
7087 gracefully stops.
7088
7089 @b{Debugging Interrupt Service Routines} - In your ISR before you call
7090 your C code, do the same - artifically push some zeros onto the stack,
7091 remember to pop them off when the ISR is done.
7092
7093 @b{Also note:} If you have a multi-threaded operating system, they
7094 often do not @b{in the intrest of saving memory} waste these few
7095 bytes. Painful...
7096
7097
7098 @item @b{JTAG Reset Config} I get the following message in the OpenOCD console (or log file):
7099 "Warning: arm7_9_common.c:679 arm7_9_assert_reset(): srst resets test logic, too".
7100
7101 This warning doesn't indicate any serious problem, as long as you don't want to
7102 debug your core right out of reset. Your .cfg file specified @option{jtag_reset
7103 trst_and_srst srst_pulls_trst} to tell OpenOCD that either your board,
7104 your debugger or your target uC (e.g. LPC2000) can't assert the two reset signals
7105 independently. With this setup, it's not possible to halt the core right out of
7106 reset, everything else should work fine.
7107
7108 @item @b{USB Power} When using OpenOCD in conjunction with Amontec JTAGkey and the Yagarto
7109 toolchain (Eclipse, arm-elf-gcc, arm-elf-gdb), the debugging seems to be
7110 unstable. When single-stepping over large blocks of code, GDB and OpenOCD
7111 quit with an error message. Is there a stability issue with OpenOCD?
7112
7113 No, this is not a stability issue concerning OpenOCD. Most users have solved
7114 this issue by simply using a self-powered USB hub, which they connect their
7115 Amontec JTAGkey to. Apparently, some computers do not provide a USB power
7116 supply stable enough for the Amontec JTAGkey to be operated.
7117
7118 @b{Laptops running on battery have this problem too...}
7119
7120 @item @b{USB Power} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the
7121 following error messages: "Error: ft2232.c:201 ft2232_read(): FT_Read returned:
7122 4" and "Error: ft2232.c:365 ft2232_send_and_recv(): couldn't read from FT2232".
7123 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
7124
7125 First of all, the reason might be the USB power supply. Try using a self-powered
7126 hub instead of a direct connection to your computer. Secondly, the error code 4
7127 corresponds to an FT_IO_ERROR, which means that the driver for the FTDI USB
7128 chip ran into some sort of error - this points us to a USB problem.
7129
7130 @item @b{GDB Disconnects} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the following
7131 error message: "Error: gdb_server.c:101 gdb_get_char(): read: 10054".
7132 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
7133
7134 Error code 10054 corresponds to WSAECONNRESET, which means that the debugger (GDB)
7135 has closed the connection to OpenOCD. This might be a GDB issue.
7136
7137 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} In the configuration file in the section where flash device configurations
7138 are described, there is a parameter for specifying the clock frequency
7139 for LPC2000 internal flash devices (e.g. @option{flash bank lpc2000
7140 0x0 0x40000 0 0 0 lpc2000_v1 14746 calc_checksum}), which must be
7141 specified in kilohertz. However, I do have a quartz crystal of a
7142 frequency that contains fractions of kilohertz (e.g. 14,745,600 Hz,
7143 i.e. 14,745.600 kHz). Is it possible to specify real numbers for the
7144 clock frequency?
7145
7146 No. The clock frequency specified here must be given as an integral number.
7147 However, this clock frequency is used by the In-Application-Programming (IAP)
7148 routines of the LPC2000 family only, which seems to be very tolerant concerning
7149 the given clock frequency, so a slight difference between the specified clock
7150 frequency and the actual clock frequency will not cause any trouble.
7151
7152 @item @b{Command Order} Do I have to keep a specific order for the commands in the configuration file?
7153
7154 Well, yes and no. Commands can be given in arbitrary order, yet the
7155 devices listed for the JTAG scan chain must be given in the right
7156 order (jtag newdevice), with the device closest to the TDO-Pin being
7157 listed first. In general, whenever objects of the same type exist
7158 which require an index number, then these objects must be given in the
7159 right order (jtag newtap, targets and flash banks - a target
7160 references a jtag newtap and a flash bank references a target).
7161
7162 You can use the ``scan_chain'' command to verify and display the tap order.
7163
7164 Also, some commands can't execute until after @command{init} has been
7165 processed. Such commands include @command{nand probe} and everything
7166 else that needs to write to controller registers, perhaps for setting
7167 up DRAM and loading it with code.
7168
7169 @anchor{FAQ TAP Order}
7170 @item @b{JTAG TAP Order} Do I have to declare the TAPS in some
7171 particular order?
7172
7173 Yes; whenever you have more than one, you must declare them in
7174 the same order used by the hardware.
7175
7176 Many newer devices have multiple JTAG TAPs. For example: ST
7177 Microsystems STM32 chips have two TAPs, a ``boundary scan TAP'' and
7178 ``Cortex-M3'' TAP. Example: The STM32 reference manual, Document ID:
7179 RM0008, Section 26.5, Figure 259, page 651/681, the ``TDI'' pin is
7180 connected to the boundary scan TAP, which then connects to the
7181 Cortex-M3 TAP, which then connects to the TDO pin.
7182
7183 Thus, the proper order for the STM32 chip is: (1) The Cortex-M3, then
7184 (2) The boundary scan TAP. If your board includes an additional JTAG
7185 chip in the scan chain (for example a Xilinx CPLD or FPGA) you could
7186 place it before or after the STM32 chip in the chain. For example:
7187
7188 @itemize @bullet
7189 @item OpenOCD_TDI(output) -> STM32 TDI Pin (BS Input)
7190 @item STM32 BS TDO (output) -> STM32 Cortex-M3 TDI (input)
7191 @item STM32 Cortex-M3 TDO (output) -> SM32 TDO Pin
7192 @item STM32 TDO Pin (output) -> Xilinx TDI Pin (input)
7193 @item Xilinx TDO Pin -> OpenOCD TDO (input)
7194 @end itemize
7195
7196 The ``jtag device'' commands would thus be in the order shown below. Note:
7197
7198 @itemize @bullet
7199 @item jtag newtap Xilinx tap -irlen ...
7200 @item jtag newtap stm32 cpu -irlen ...
7201 @item jtag newtap stm32 bs -irlen ...
7202 @item # Create the debug target and say where it is
7203 @item target create stm32.cpu -chain-position stm32.cpu ...
7204 @end itemize
7205
7206
7207 @item @b{SYSCOMP} Sometimes my debugging session terminates with an error. When I look into the
7208 log file, I can see these error messages: Error: arm7_9_common.c:561
7209 arm7_9_execute_sys_speed(): timeout waiting for SYSCOMP
7210
7211 TODO.
7212
7213 @end enumerate
7214
7215 @node Tcl Crash Course
7216 @chapter Tcl Crash Course
7217 @cindex Tcl
7218
7219 Not everyone knows Tcl - this is not intended to be a replacement for
7220 learning Tcl, the intent of this chapter is to give you some idea of
7221 how the Tcl scripts work.
7222
7223 This chapter is written with two audiences in mind. (1) OpenOCD users
7224 who need to understand a bit more of how JIM-Tcl works so they can do
7225 something useful, and (2) those that want to add a new command to
7226 OpenOCD.
7227
7228 @section Tcl Rule #1
7229 There is a famous joke, it goes like this:
7230 @enumerate
7231 @item Rule #1: The wife is always correct
7232 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7233 @end enumerate
7234
7235 The Tcl equal is this:
7236
7237 @enumerate
7238 @item Rule #1: Everything is a string
7239 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7240 @end enumerate
7241
7242 As in the famous joke, the consequences of Rule #1 are profound. Once
7243 you understand Rule #1, you will understand Tcl.
7244
7245 @section Tcl Rule #1b
7246 There is a second pair of rules.
7247 @enumerate
7248 @item Rule #1: Control flow does not exist. Only commands
7249 @* For example: the classic FOR loop or IF statement is not a control
7250 flow item, they are commands, there is no such thing as control flow
7251 in Tcl.
7252 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7253 @* Actually what happens is this: There are commands that by
7254 convention, act like control flow key words in other languages. One of
7255 those commands is the word ``for'', another command is ``if''.
7256 @end enumerate
7257
7258 @section Per Rule #1 - All Results are strings
7259 Every Tcl command results in a string. The word ``result'' is used
7260 deliberatly. No result is just an empty string. Remember: @i{Rule #1 -
7261 Everything is a string}
7262
7263 @section Tcl Quoting Operators
7264 In life of a Tcl script, there are two important periods of time, the
7265 difference is subtle.
7266 @enumerate
7267 @item Parse Time
7268 @item Evaluation Time
7269 @end enumerate
7270
7271 The two key items here are how ``quoted things'' work in Tcl. Tcl has
7272 three primary quoting constructs, the [square-brackets] the
7273 @{curly-braces@} and ``double-quotes''
7274
7275 By now you should know $VARIABLES always start with a $DOLLAR
7276 sign. BTW: To set a variable, you actually use the command ``set'', as
7277 in ``set VARNAME VALUE'' much like the ancient BASIC langauge ``let x
7278 = 1'' statement, but without the equal sign.
7279
7280 @itemize @bullet
7281 @item @b{[square-brackets]}
7282 @* @b{[square-brackets]} are command substitutions. It operates much
7283 like Unix Shell `back-ticks`. The result of a [square-bracket]
7284 operation is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything is a
7285 string}. These two statements are roughly identical:
7286 @example
7287 # bash example
7288 X=`date`
7289 echo "The Date is: $X"
7290 # Tcl example
7291 set X [date]
7292 puts "The Date is: $X"
7293 @end example
7294 @item @b{``double-quoted-things''}
7295 @* @b{``double-quoted-things''} are just simply quoted
7296 text. $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are expanded in place - the
7297 result however is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything
7298 is a string}
7299 @example
7300 set x "Dinner"
7301 puts "It is now \"[date]\", $x is in 1 hour"
7302 @end example
7303 @item @b{@{Curly-Braces@}}
7304 @*@b{@{Curly-Braces@}} are magic: $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are
7305 parsed, but are NOT expanded or executed. @{Curly-Braces@} are like
7306 'single-quote' operators in BASH shell scripts, with the added
7307 feature: @{curly-braces@} can be nested, single quotes can not. @{@{@{this is
7308 nested 3 times@}@}@} NOTE: [date] is a bad example;
7309 at this writing, Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command.
7310 @end itemize
7311
7312 @section Consequences of Rule 1/2/3/4
7313
7314 The consequences of Rule 1 are profound.
7315
7316 @subsection Tokenisation & Execution.
7317
7318 Of course, whitespace, blank lines and #comment lines are handled in
7319 the normal way.
7320
7321 As a script is parsed, each (multi) line in the script file is
7322 tokenised and according to the quoting rules. After tokenisation, that
7323 line is immedatly executed.
7324
7325 Multi line statements end with one or more ``still-open''
7326 @{curly-braces@} which - eventually - closes a few lines later.
7327
7328 @subsection Command Execution
7329
7330 Remember earlier: There are no ``control flow''
7331 statements in Tcl. Instead there are COMMANDS that simply act like
7332 control flow operators.
7333
7334 Commands are executed like this:
7335
7336 @enumerate
7337 @item Parse the next line into (argc) and (argv[]).
7338 @item Look up (argv[0]) in a table and call its function.
7339 @item Repeat until End Of File.
7340 @end enumerate
7341
7342 It sort of works like this:
7343 @example
7344 for(;;)@{
7345 ReadAndParse( &argc, &argv );
7346
7347 cmdPtr = LookupCommand( argv[0] );
7348
7349 (*cmdPtr->Execute)( argc, argv );
7350 @}
7351 @end example
7352
7353 When the command ``proc'' is parsed (which creates a procedure
7354 function) it gets 3 parameters on the command line. @b{1} the name of
7355 the proc (function), @b{2} the list of parameters, and @b{3} the body
7356 of the function. Not the choice of words: LIST and BODY. The PROC
7357 command stores these items in a table somewhere so it can be found by
7358 ``LookupCommand()''
7359
7360 @subsection The FOR command
7361
7362 The most interesting command to look at is the FOR command. In Tcl,
7363 the FOR command is normally implemented in C. Remember, FOR is a
7364 command just like any other command.
7365
7366 When the ascii text containing the FOR command is parsed, the parser
7367 produces 5 parameter strings, @i{(If in doubt: Refer to Rule #1)} they
7368 are:
7369
7370 @enumerate 0
7371 @item The ascii text 'for'
7372 @item The start text
7373 @item The test expression
7374 @item The next text
7375 @item The body text
7376 @end enumerate
7377
7378 Sort of reminds you of ``main( int argc, char **argv )'' does it not?
7379 Remember @i{Rule #1 - Everything is a string.} The key point is this:
7380 Often many of those parameters are in @{curly-braces@} - thus the
7381 variables inside are not expanded or replaced until later.
7382
7383 Remember that every Tcl command looks like the classic ``main( argc,
7384 argv )'' function in C. In JimTCL - they actually look like this:
7385
7386 @example
7387 int
7388 MyCommand( Jim_Interp *interp,
7389 int *argc,
7390 Jim_Obj * const *argvs );
7391 @end example
7392
7393 Real Tcl is nearly identical. Although the newer versions have
7394 introduced a byte-code parser and intepreter, but at the core, it
7395 still operates in the same basic way.
7396
7397 @subsection FOR command implementation
7398
7399 To understand Tcl it is perhaps most helpful to see the FOR
7400 command. Remember, it is a COMMAND not a control flow structure.
7401
7402 In Tcl there are two underlying C helper functions.
7403
7404 Remember Rule #1 - You are a string.
7405
7406 The @b{first} helper parses and executes commands found in an ascii
7407 string. Commands can be seperated by semicolons, or newlines. While
7408 parsing, variables are expanded via the quoting rules.
7409
7410 The @b{second} helper evaluates an ascii string as a numerical
7411 expression and returns a value.
7412
7413 Here is an example of how the @b{FOR} command could be
7414 implemented. The pseudo code below does not show error handling.
7415 @example
7416 void Execute_AsciiString( void *interp, const char *string );
7417
7418 int Evaluate_AsciiExpression( void *interp, const char *string );
7419
7420 int
7421 MyForCommand( void *interp,
7422 int argc,
7423 char **argv )
7424 @{
7425 if( argc != 5 )@{
7426 SetResult( interp, "WRONG number of parameters");
7427 return ERROR;
7428 @}
7429
7430 // argv[0] = the ascii string just like C
7431
7432 // Execute the start statement.
7433 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[1] );
7434
7435 // Top of loop test
7436 for(;;)@{
7437 i = Evaluate_AsciiExpression(interp, argv[2]);
7438 if( i == 0 )
7439 break;
7440
7441 // Execute the body
7442 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[3] );
7443
7444 // Execute the LOOP part
7445 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[4] );
7446 @}
7447
7448 // Return no error
7449 SetResult( interp, "" );
7450 return SUCCESS;
7451 @}
7452 @end example
7453
7454 Every other command IF, WHILE, FORMAT, PUTS, EXPR, everything works
7455 in the same basic way.
7456
7457 @section OpenOCD Tcl Usage
7458
7459 @subsection source and find commands
7460 @b{Where:} In many configuration files
7461 @* Example: @b{ source [find FILENAME] }
7462 @*Remember the parsing rules
7463 @enumerate
7464 @item The FIND command is in square brackets.
7465 @* The FIND command is executed with the parameter FILENAME. It should
7466 find the full path to the named file. The RESULT is a string, which is
7467 substituted on the orginal command line.
7468 @item The command source is executed with the resulting filename.
7469 @* SOURCE reads a file and executes as a script.
7470 @end enumerate
7471 @subsection format command
7472 @b{Where:} Generally occurs in numerous places.
7473 @* Tcl has no command like @b{printf()}, instead it has @b{format}, which is really more like
7474 @b{sprintf()}.
7475 @b{Example}
7476 @example
7477 set x 6
7478 set y 7
7479 puts [format "The answer: %d" [expr $x * $y]]
7480 @end example
7481 @enumerate
7482 @item The SET command creates 2 variables, X and Y.
7483 @item The double [nested] EXPR command performs math
7484 @* The EXPR command produces numerical result as a string.
7485 @* Refer to Rule #1
7486 @item The format command is executed, producing a single string
7487 @* Refer to Rule #1.
7488 @item The PUTS command outputs the text.
7489 @end enumerate
7490 @subsection Body or Inlined Text
7491 @b{Where:} Various TARGET scripts.
7492 @example
7493 #1 Good
7494 proc someproc @{@} @{
7495 ... multiple lines of stuff ...
7496 @}
7497 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO someproc
7498 #2 Good - no variables
7499 $_TARGETNAME confgure -event foo "this ; that;"
7500 #3 Good Curly Braces
7501 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO @{
7502 puts "Time: [date]"
7503 @}
7504 #4 DANGER DANGER DANGER
7505 $_TARGETNAME configure -event foo "puts \"Time: [date]\""
7506 @end example
7507 @enumerate
7508 @item The $_TARGETNAME is an OpenOCD variable convention.
7509 @*@b{$_TARGETNAME} represents the last target created, the value changes
7510 each time a new target is created. Remember the parsing rules. When
7511 the ascii text is parsed, the @b{$_TARGETNAME} becomes a simple string,
7512 the name of the target which happens to be a TARGET (object)
7513 command.
7514 @item The 2nd parameter to the @option{-event} parameter is a TCBODY
7515 @*There are 4 examples:
7516 @enumerate
7517 @item The TCLBODY is a simple string that happens to be a proc name
7518 @item The TCLBODY is several simple commands seperated by semicolons
7519 @item The TCLBODY is a multi-line @{curly-brace@} quoted string
7520 @item The TCLBODY is a string with variables that get expanded.
7521 @end enumerate
7522
7523 In the end, when the target event FOO occurs the TCLBODY is
7524 evaluated. Method @b{#1} and @b{#2} are functionally identical. For
7525 Method @b{#3} and @b{#4} it is more interesting. What is the TCLBODY?
7526
7527 Remember the parsing rules. In case #3, @{curly-braces@} mean the
7528 $VARS and [square-brackets] are expanded later, when the EVENT occurs,
7529 and the text is evaluated. In case #4, they are replaced before the
7530 ``Target Object Command'' is executed. This occurs at the same time
7531 $_TARGETNAME is replaced. In case #4 the date will never
7532 change. @{BTW: [date] is a bad example; at this writing,
7533 Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command@}
7534 @end enumerate
7535 @subsection Global Variables
7536 @b{Where:} You might discover this when writing your own procs @* In
7537 simple terms: Inside a PROC, if you need to access a global variable
7538 you must say so. See also ``upvar''. Example:
7539 @example
7540 proc myproc @{ @} @{
7541 set y 0 #Local variable Y
7542 global x #Global variable X
7543 puts [format "X=%d, Y=%d" $x $y]
7544 @}
7545 @end example
7546 @section Other Tcl Hacks
7547 @b{Dynamic variable creation}
7548 @example
7549 # Dynamically create a bunch of variables.
7550 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < 32 @} @{ set x [expr $x + 1]@} @{
7551 # Create var name
7552 set vn [format "BIT%d" $x]
7553 # Make it a global
7554 global $vn
7555 # Set it.
7556 set $vn [expr (1 << $x)]
7557 @}
7558 @end example
7559 @b{Dynamic proc/command creation}
7560 @example
7561 # One "X" function - 5 uart functions.
7562 foreach who @{A B C D E@}
7563 proc [format "show_uart%c" $who] @{ @} "show_UARTx $who"
7564 @}
7565 @end example
7566
7567 @include fdl.texi
7568
7569 @node OpenOCD Concept Index
7570 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
7571 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
7572 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
7573 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
7574 @unnumbered OpenOCD Concept Index
7575
7576 @printindex cp
7577
7578 @node Command and Driver Index
7579 @unnumbered Command and Driver Index
7580 @printindex fn
7581
7582 @bye

Linking to existing account procedure

If you already have an account and want to add another login method you MUST first sign in with your existing account and then change URL to read https://review.openocd.org/login/?link to get to this page again but this time it'll work for linking. Thank you.

SSH host keys fingerprints

1024 SHA256:YKx8b7u5ZWdcbp7/4AeXNaqElP49m6QrwfXaqQGJAOk gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (DSA)
384 SHA256:jHIbSQa4REvwCFG4cq5LBlBLxmxSqelQPem/EXIrxjk gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
521 SHA256:UAOPYkU9Fjtcao0Ul/Rrlnj/OsQvt+pgdYSZ4jOYdgs gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:A13M5QlnozFOvTllybRZH6vm7iSt0XLxbA48yfc2yfY gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:spYMBqEYoAOtK7yZBrcwE8ZpYt6b68Cfh9yEVetvbXg gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ED25519)
+--[ED25519 256]--+
|=..              |
|+o..   .         |
|*.o   . .        |
|+B . . .         |
|Bo. = o S        |
|Oo.+ + =         |
|oB=.* = . o      |
| =+=.+   + E     |
|. .=o   . o      |
+----[SHA256]-----+
2048 SHA256:0Onrb7/PHjpo6iVZ7xQX2riKN83FJ3KGU0TvI0TaFG4 gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (RSA)